Skip to main content

Full text of "Upward from sin, through grace, to glory.."

See other formats


■ 


■ 


UPWARD 


H~ 


suj.cL/ 


Jfrom  Sin,  Cjragjr  §xm,  k  (Skjr. 


"FOR  ME  TO  LIVE  IS  CHRIST  AND    TO  DIE  IS  GAIN." 


Rev.  B.  B.  HOTCHK1N. 


PHILADELPHIA: 

PRESBYTERIAN   PUBLICATION  COMMITTEE, 

1334  CHESTNUT  STREET. 

NEW  YORK :  A.  D.  F.  RANDOLPH,  770  BROADWAY. 


Ml- 


£V 


e^ 


Hi 


Entered  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1869,  by 

WM.  L.  HILDEBURN,  Treasurer, 

in  trust  for  the 

PRESBYTERIAN  PUBLICATION  COMMITTEE, 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Eastern  District  of 
Pennsylvania. 


Westcott  &  Thomson, 
Stereotypers,  Philada. 


PREFATORY  NOTE. 


This  little  book  is  meant  to  reflect  the  dealings  of 
God  with  the  heart  of  his  child ;  in  other  words,  to 
be  a  book  of  Christian  experience. 

The  holy  activities  of  the  age  will  never  displace 
this  truth,  that  the  Christian  draws  his  abiding  com- 
forts from  the  religion  of  his  heart.  To  assure  him- 
self of  those  comforts,  he  needs  often  to  turn  aside 
from  the  sympathetic  influences  of  the  outward  reli- 
gious movements,  and  find  himself  alone  with  God. 
There  he  may  ask  himself  how  much  of  what  he  calls 
his  religion  is  religion;  how  much  of  it  is  born  of 
the  people,  and  how  much  of  God;  how  much  would 
abide,  and  how  much  perish,  with  the  dying  away  of 
the  public  stir.  In  this  dealing  with  the  vitalities 
of  religion  there  is  found  the  strongest  incitement  to 
its  public  activities,  and  the  true  secret  of  patient 
perseverance  in  such  activities. 

So  far  as  the  subject  of  these  pages  is  concerned, 
no  apology  is  needed.  Reasons  enough  exist  why 
Christian  experience  should  remain  one  of  the 
standing  topics  of  religious  literature. 


CONTENTS. 


i. 

PAGE 

Reconciliation  with  Gob.    First— The  Longing 9 


II. 


Reconciliation   with    God.    Second — The   Accom- 
plishment     28 


in. 

Conscience.    First — At  War 42 

IV. 

Conscience.    Second — At  Peace 50 

1»  5 


6  CONTENTS. 

V. 

PAGE 

The  Victory  that  Overcometh  the  World.    First 
—The  Eeliance 59 


VI. 

The  Victory  that  Overcometh  the  World.  Second 

— Endurance 70 


VII. 
Assurance.    First — A  Lawful  Expectation 80 

VIII. 

Assurance.    Second — The  Witness  of  the  Spirit 97 

IX. 
Love.    First— The  Chief  Grace 110 

X. 

Love.    Second — Its  Scope... 124 

XI. 

The  Service  of  Doing.    First — Incitements 137 


CONTENTS.  7 

XII. 

PAGE 

The  Service  of  Doing.    Second — Encouragements...  155 

XIII. 
The  Service  of  Doing.    Third — Fruit 169 

XIV. 

The  Service  of  Suffering.   First — The  Consecration 

and  the  Covenant 182 

XV. 

The  Service  of  Suffering.    Second — The  Submis- 
sion of  Faith 193 

XVI. 

Thf  Service  of  Suffering.    Third— Christ  Sustain- 
ing and  Forearming 205 

XVII. 
The  Border  Land.    First— Keassu ranee 221 

XVIII. 
The  Border  Land.  Second— The  Gloom  and  the  Light.  238 


8  CONTENTS. 

XIX. 

PAGE 

The  Border  Land.    Third — The  Covenant  Slumber.  248 


XX. 

Heaven.    First — Things  which  Eye  hath  not  seen  nor 

Ear  heard 262 


XXI. 

Heaven.    Second — The  Everlasting  Sabbath 278 


UPWARD. 


t 

t 


I. 

RECONCILIATION  WITH  GOD. 
FIRST — THE  LONGING. 

HE  first  word  spoken  by  a  sinner  on 
earth  to  his  God  expresses  the  true 
terror  of  the  unforgiven  soul:  "I 
heard  thy  voice  in  the  garden,  and  I  was 
afraid."  This  awful  fear  of  the  presence 
of  his  Maker  arose  from  his  consciousness 
of  an  unsettled  wrong  then  lying  between 
himself  and  God.  The  voice  from  which 
he  shrank  was  the  same  which  he  had 
often  before  heard,  not  only  without  dread, 
but  with  unspeakable  delight.  But  then 
it  was  the  voice  of  his  heavenly  Father 


10  .  UPWARD. 

and  Friend.  His  relations  with  that  Being 
were  unbroken;  he  knew  that  between 
himself  and  his  Sovereign  all  was  right, 
and,  consequently,  all  was  peaceful.  He 
had  no  unhappy  fear  of  God,  for  the  love 
which  was  shed  abroad  in  his  heart,  and 
which  prompted  his  obedience,  made  the 
life  which  he  lived  like  an  angel's  life — 
the  life  of  love.  Where  this  holy  affection 
dwells  terror  has  no  home. 

Yes,  in  confidence  and  love  it  was  an 
angel's  life.  Up  now  with  our  thoughts 
to  that  life! — to  the  dwelling-place  of  the 
sinless  beings  who  do  ever  behold  the  face 
of  our  Father  which  is  in  heaven! 

By  contrast,  the  contemplation  will 
afford  the  most  impressive  view  of  the 
weariness  of  abiding  under  the  sense  of 
unforgiven  sin.  Through  it  we  shall  bettei 
understand  both  the  occasion  and  the  cha- 
racter of  the  unreconciled  sinner's  pantings 
for  rest. 

Celestial    ones,   angelic   and  glorified, 


RECONCILIATION    WITH    GOD.  11 

draw  near  to  the  throne  upon  which  their 
infinitely  holy  Sovereign  sits.  His  holi- 
ness awakens  no  dread  in  them,  because 
it  involves  them  in  no  condemnation.  It 
ensures  their  happiness,  and  not  their 
ruin.  While  its  intrinsic  beauty,  render- 
ing it  worthy  of  love  from  all  worlds,  be- 
comes for  them  a  delightful  contempla- 
tion, they  know  that  its  bearing  toward 
themselves  is  never  wrath,  but  always 
love. 

They  adore  the  miyht  of  God.  Their 
songs  address  Him  that  sitteth  upon  the 
throne — the  emblem  of  dominion  and 
power.  From  his  arm  of  strength  they 
have  nothing  to  fear.  Over  them  it  is  ex- 
tended with  protecting  vigilance.  When 
it  is  raised  in  destructive  power,  it  falls 
only  upon  the  enemies  of  heaven. 

Their  anthems  celebrate  the  righteous- 
ness  of  the  eternal  Lawgiver.  The  same 
scrupulous  justice  which  ensures  wrath 
for  sin,  makes  the  pleasure  of  obedience 


12  UPWARD. 

doubly  blessed,  because,  in  addition  to  its 
intrinsic  joy,  there  comes  the  assurance  of 
an  approving  reward. 

With  glowing  hearts  they  contemplate 
the  sublime  structure  of  the  government 
of  God,  immeasurable  in  magnitude  and 
infinite  in  wisdom.  Before  their  view  is 
spread  a  system  of  polity  embracing  the 
universe  for  its  field  and  eternity  for  its 
length  of  administration ;  infinitely  com- 
prehensive, and  just  as  infinitely  minute; 
a  subject  for  eternal  study  and  unutterable 
wonder.  Contemplating  the  far-reaching 
plans  and  sure  faithfulness  of  this  ad- 
ministration, they  feel  no  alarm  from  the 
truth,  so  terrible  to  souls  in  revolt,  that 
this  government  has  a  special  bearing 
upon  each  individual,  from  which  no 
power  can  deliver  and  which  no  flight 
can  escape.  They  never  tremble  under 
the  thought  of  the  omniscience  of  the  Sove- 
reign in  this  dominion.  For  them  there 
is  no  dismay  in  the  inquiry,  "  Whither 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  13 

shall  I  go  from  thy  Spirit,  or  whither 
shall  I  flee  from  thy  presence?" — no  fear- 
fulness  in  the  reflection  that  if  they  ascend 
into  heaven,  or  make  their  beds  in  hell, 
or  take  the  wings  of  the  morning  and 
dwell  in  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  sea,  the 
eye  of  the  holy  God  will  follow  them,  and 
his  arm  will  bring  them  forth.  All  which 
makes  this  government  fearful  to  the 
wicked  commends  it  to  the  good.  The 
same  principles  which  doom  the  one,  ex- 
alt the  other. 

But  happier,  as  we  may  suppose,  than 
all  else  in  the  experience  of  these  shining 
ones,  they  live  in  the  light  of  the  love  of 
God.  Beauty  loves  the  light;  it  is  only 
deformity  that  dreads  exposure.  Those 
dwellers  in  the  everlasting  light  of  the 
love  of  God  look  abroad  without  fear,  for 
the  miscreant  features  of  sin  do  not  clothe 
their  faces  with  shame.  They  look  up- 
ward without  dread,  for  those  rays  are 
shed  with  conforming  power  upon  them- 


14  UPWARD. 

selves.  Love,  holy,  celestial  love,  is  chief 
in  that  glory  of  the  Lord  which,  reflected 
as  in  a  glass  upon  hiin  whose  faith  beholds 
it,  changes  him  into  the  same  image  from 
glory  to  glory. 

Now  reverse  all  these  emotions,  and  we 
have  the  experience  of  the  unreconciled 
sinner.  He  is  terrified  by  the  Presence 
before  which  seraphs  rejoice.  Like  him 
who  was  afraid  when  he  heard  the  voice 
of  the  Lord  God  walking  in  the  garden  in 
the  cool  of  the  day,  his  soul  is  troubled  by 
the  entire  loss  of  the  divine  conformity. 
If  he  dares  to  think  of  the  holiness  of 
God,  he  beholds  in  it  the  condemnation 
of  himself.  There  is  some  strange  ar- 
rangement in  his  powers  of  observation 
which  ever  forbids  him  to  contemplate 
God's  moral  attributes  by  themselves 
alone.  In  the  same  picture  where  he 
gazes  on  the  divine  holiness,  that  loath- 
some thing,  his  own  heart,  always  occupies 
a  conspicuous   place.     It  is   one  of  the 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  15 

weary  experiences  of  impenitency  that 
the  sinner,  in  all  his  moral  contemplations, 
is  compelled  to  meet  this  double  vision, 
God  and  his  own  heart  side  by  side.  And 
thus  the  delight  with  which  a  world  of 
holy  beings  view  the  righteousness,  the 
holiness  and  the  love  of  God,  becomes  in 
him  terror  whenever  he  turns  his  eye  to- 
ward the  same  glorious  spectacle. 

Some  of  the  most  terrible  convictions 
of  sin  are  produced  by  a  sight  of  the  glory 
of  God.  The  vision  once  overwhelmed 
even  a  good  man,  whose  spirit  was  yet  too 
far  short  of  heaven  to  bear  the  view  of 
the  Lord  on  his  throne,  high  and  lifted 
up,  his  train  filling  the  temple,  the  sera- 
phim standing  above  and  crying  one  to 
another,  "Holy,  holy  is  the  Lord  of  hosts; 
the  whole  earth  is  full  of  his  glory!"  It 
was  the  contrast  between  this  awful  ma- 
jesty and  his  own  sinful  person  which  un- 
manned him.  "Then,  said  I,  Woe  is  me, 
for  I  am  undone,  because  I  am  a  man  of 


16  UPWARD. 

unclean  lips,  and  I  dwell  in  the  midst  of 
a  people  of  unclean  lips;  for  mine  eyes 
have  seen  the  King,  the  Lord  of  hosts." 
If  one  whose  soul  had  felt  the  peace  of 
forgiving  love  wTas  thus  bowed  with  shame 
on  beholding  himself  in  direct  contrast 
with  God,  is  there  any  wonder  that  the 
sinner  shrinks  with  affright  from  a  simi- 
lar exhibition?  In  this  part  of  his  expe- 
rience he  knows  the  truth  that  there  is  no 
peace  for  the  wicked.  Here  he  recognizes 
that  first  insuppressable  want  of  the  un- 
forgiven  soul — the  want  of  reconciliation 
with  God. 

Terror  in  view  of  the  natural  greatness 
of  God  may  not  be  so  instantly  felt.  Men 
of  no  religion  find  some  points  of  observa- 
tion where  they  become  inspired  with  no- 
ble thoughts  of  the  divine  grandeur,  and 
they  have  recorded  such  thoughts  in  lan- 
guage which  will  live  in  the  memorials  of 
human  eloquence.  They  have  studied  the 
course  of  the  divine  administration  as  we 


RECONCILIATION    WITH    GOD.  17 

peruse  the  histories  of  empires  or  the  re- 
velations of  science,  and,  surprised  by  the 
skill  of  the  system  and  the  strength  of  its 
working,  they  have  frankly  and  admiringly 
confessed  its  author  Grod.  In  the  book  of 
nature  they  have  read  the  beauty  and  sub- 
limity of  his  ways.  They  have  looked  on 
summer  landscapes  when  their  dews  spark- 
led in  the  morning  sun,  and  they  have 
spoken  of  the  creating  and  adorning  hand 
in  words  of  rapture.  They  have  trod  the 
rustic  lawn, 

"  Where  violets  sweet 
Purpled  the  moss-bed  at  their  feet," 

and  thought  of  the  wondrous  transforma- 
tion of  ashy  dust  into  manifold  shapes 
and  colors  of  beauty.  They  have  gazed 
upon  cataracts  whose  roar  has  been  the 
cradle-hymn  of  infant  centuries  and  the 
death-song  of  old  expiring  ages ;  they  have 
followed  the  Eternal  footsteps  along  the 
paths  of  astronomical  science,  and  there 

beheld    Him   "who   spreadeth    out    the 

2  *  B 


18  UPWARD. 

heavens,  and  treadeth  upon  the  waves  of 
the  sea;  who  maketh  Arcturus,  Orion 
and  Pleiades,  and  the  chambers  of  the 
south,"  until  among  these  exhaustless 
fields  of  wonder  they  have  repeated  with 
real  enthusiasm,  "0  Lord,  how  manifold 
are  thy  works !  in  wisdom  hast  thou  made 
them  all." 

But  even  here,  among  these  spectacles 
of  the  natural  greatness  of  Grod,  the  sinner 
is  troubled  if  he  looks  too  far.  The  field 
is  sublime,  but  his  view  can  take  no  broad 
sweep  of  it  without  lighting  upon  points 
in  the  Divine  majesty  of  which  he  dare 
not  think.  He  fears  to  reflect  that  the 
attributes  disclosed  exist  for  the  support 
of  that  moral  government  to  which  he  is 
inseparably  linked.  The  great  thought 
of  infinite  strength  burdens  the  soul  that 
is  compelled  to  contemplate  it  as  the 
power  of  an  unreconciled  and  avenging 
God.  The  Divine  omniscience  which,  in 
the  abstract,  he  has  often  admired,  becomes 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  19 

terrible  under  the  reflection  that  this  all- 
seeing  Eye  is  searching  him  through,  and 
that  an  escape  from  its  scrutiny  is  hope- 
less. When  for  an  instant  his  imagina- 
tion glows  with  the  lofty  conception  of 
God  measuring  the  waters  in  the  hollow 
of  his  hand,  meting  out  heaven  with  the 
span,  comprehending  the  dust  of  the  earth 
in  a  measure,  weighing  the  mountains  in 
scales  and  the  hills  in  a  balance,  stretch- 
ing out  the  heavens  as  a  curtain,  and 
spreading  them  out  as  a  tent  to  dwell  in, 
how  soon  this  enthusiasm  is  chilled  by 
the  suggestion  of  conscience  that  it  is  not 
for  him  to  say, 

"  This  awful  God  is  mine — 
My  Father  and  my  love !" 

In  short,  his  Maker  has  no  perfection 
which  he  can  behold  without  dread.  From 
the  divine  holiness  conviction  of  sin  flashes 
upon  his  conscience  and  wears  down  his 
soul.  From  the  greatness  of  the  Eternal 
terrific  apprehensions  of  wrath  arise.  Thus 


20  TJPWAKD. 

remorse  and  fear  divide  the  dominion 
within  him.  Sinner,  Jesus  knew  you 
better  than  you  know  yourself  when  he 
spoke  of  you  as  weary  and  heavy-laden. 
Better  than  yourself  he  knew  your  first 
spiritual  want  when  he  offered  you  rest. 

But  some  sinners,  without  really  mean- 
ing to  be  uncandid,  tell  us  that  these  rep- 
resentations do  not  accord  with  their 
personal  experience.  They  speak  of  hours 
and  days  spent  in  mirth;  some  refer  to 
their  constitutional  tranquillity  of  temper, 
and  others  to  their  habitual  joviality;  and 
they  array  this  experience  against  the 
testimony  that  a  life  of  sin  is  always  mis- 
erable— that  "  the  wicked  man  travaileth 
with  pain  all  his  days"  Some  go  farther, 
and  insist  that  even  from  a  scriptural 
stand-point  we  must  expect  to  see  carnal 
ease  the  more  frequent  type  of  impeni- 
tency;  that  with  uthe  harp  and  the  viol, 
the  tabret  and  pipe  and  wine  in  their 
feasts,  they  regard  not  the  work  of  the 


RECONCILIATION   WITH    GOD.  21 

Lord ;"  that  the  life  of  the  sinner,  being  that 
of  one  who  has  no  fear  of  God  before  his 
eyes,  is  more  likely  to  be  spent  in  spiritual 
stupidity  than  in  terror.  Such  views 
have  an  air  of  candor,  and  should  be  can- 
didly considered. 

Let  it  be  admitted  that  the  general 
course  of  sin  is  one  of  stolid  indifference 
to  religion;  that  under  the  protection  of 
this  apathy  the  sinner  in  the  hot  pursuit 
of  worldly  good  can  hold  remorse  and 
alarm  at  bay ;  that  substituting  the  shrines 
of  pleasure,  fame  or  gold  for  the  altar's 
heavenly  worship,  he  can  paganize  his 
nobler  nature,  and,  forgetting  there  is  a 
God  above,  he  can  also  forget  that  he 
lives  an  unforgiven  rebel  under  his  do- 
minion. The  necessity  for  admitting  the 
reality  of  this  experience  is,  alas!  too  im- 
perative. It  is  too  true  that  the  sinner  is 
often  reckless  of  the  fear  as  well  as  the 
claims  of  God. 

But  does  this  prove  that  there  is  ever  a 


22  UPWARD. 

moment  of  tranquillity  of  heart  in  a  life  of 
sin?  Let  it  be  granted  that  the  Bible 
does  sustain  the  sinner's  assertion  that  he 
is  able  to  regard  the  most  solemn  things 
with  apathy:  are  we  to  admit  the  wild  in- 
ference that  recklessness  is  peace,  or  that 
because  his  impenitency  does  not  impress 
his  moral  feelings,  therefore  it  does  not 
trouble  him?  What  if  it  is  said  that  there 
is  no  fear  of  God  before  the  sinner's  eyes? 
In  the  same  discourse,  and  in  immediate 
connection,  it  is  recorded:  " Destruction 
and  misery  are  in  their  ways,  and  the  way 
of  peace  have  they  not  known"  Both  these 
statements  are  true,  and  there  is  no  diffi- 
culty in  reconciling  them.  We  have  a 
witness  already  on  the  stand,  one  that  the 
sinner  has  himself  called  up — his  own  ex- 
perience. Pushing  the  examination  of 
that  witness,  we  may  find  that  there  is  a 
false  face  to  be  torn  from  spiritual  care- 
lessness, and  that  the  sentence  of  God — 
no  peace  to  the  wicked — is  an  eternal  in- 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  23 

scription  cut  into  the  monument  of  living 
humanity  to  record  the  death  of  holiness 
in  the  human  heart. 

From  that  witness  we  wring  out  this 
confession — reluctant,  slow,  but  terrible — 
the  sinner  purchases  his  carelessness  at  the 
expense  of  his  moral  degradation.  He  must 
forget  his  immortal  nature  and  lose  sight 
of  this  noblest  fact  in  his  existence,  that 
he  is  a  being  of  superior  order,  associated 
by  filiation  with  the  nature  of  God.  Every 
moment  of  exemption  from  terror  of  the 
Divine  anger  is  a  moment  of  practical 
atheism — ''without  God  in  the  world."  He 
does  not  say,  "  I  contemplate  my  relation 
to  the- character,  law  and  government  of 
God,  and  then  I  am  at  peace."  But  he 
parries  remorse  and  fear  by  cultivating 
obliviousness  of  his  relation  to  his  heav- 
enly Sovereign.  He  looks  abroad  upon 
earth  for  comfort  because  he  dares  not 
look  up  to  heaven.  He  pants  in  the  chase 
after    groveling    pleasures    because    the 


24  UPWARD. 

cessation  of  this  pursuit  leaves  time  for 
solemn  reflection,  and  reflection  gives 
conscience  an  opportunity  to  speak.  Every 
observation  of  the  order  of  nature  tells 
him  that  he  looks  in  the  wrong  direction 
for  good.  Nature  teaches  that  the  foun- 
tain is  the  place  from  whence  to  seek  sup- 
plies— that  those  who  desire  good  should 
come  to  tbe  exhaustless  treasure  of  good- 
ness. The  most  simple  principles  of  order 
instruct  him  that  an  immortal  soul  will 
yearn  for  immortal  joys,  and  that  the  at- 
tempt to  satiate  these  cravings  with  the 
trifles  of  an  hour  is  only  an  effort  to  wipe 
out  from  the  soul  the  imprint  of  the  Di- 
vinity and  shrivel  it  to  the  capacity  of  the 
brute. 

The  intelligent  sinner  is  not  ignorant 
of  this;  why,  then,  does  he  not  follow  the 
suggestions  of  this  plain  order  of  things? 
He  wants  pleasure;  why  does  he  not  go 
at  once  to  the  fountain  of  pleasure?  He 
longs  for  good ;  why  does  he  not  seek  it 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  25 

direct  from  the  exhaustless  treasure? 
The  natural  yearnings  of  the  soul  prompt 
her  to  fly  to  some  boundless  field  of  en- 
joyment ;  why  not  bid  her  plume  herself 
for  a  flight  to  realms  of  glory  and  honor 
and  immortality  in  pursuit  of  the  ever- 
lasting life  ?  Why  will  he  clip  her  soar- 
ing pinions  and  force  her  to  forget  her 
heavenly  birth  by  fastening  her  as  a 
crawling  worm  to  the  dirt  ?  Why  in  his 
search  for  delights. will  he  thus  repudiate 
his  own  judgment,  browbeat  his  immor- 
tality, and  condemn  his  spiritual  nature 
to  chafe  in  sensual  fetters  until  its  noble 
aspirations  are  all  dead  ? 

The  same  monotonous  answer  is  ever 
at  hand.  His  soul  is  oppressed  with  a 
consciousness  of  unreconciliation  toward 
God,  and  he  is  afraid  to  look  heavenward 
for  a  single  blessing.  He  dares  not  at- 
tempt the  pursuit  of  any  good  when  the 
attempt  involves  an  effort  to  approach 
God.     He  remembers  the  wrong  which 


26  UPWARD. 

lies  between  his  soul  and  God;  he  must 
seek  an  escape  from  the  remorse  which  a 
sense  of  that  wrong  awakens,  and  so  he 
flies  to  his  carnal  delights  to  become  ob- 
livious of  all  that  he  ought  to  remember. 

Yet  he  finds,  after  all,  that  the  sea  of 
worldly  delights  is  not  filled  with  the  true 
Lethean  waters.  Its  power  to  produce  ob- 
livion is  but  temporary,  existing  only 
during  the  moments  of  actual  immersion. 
Hence  he  must  plunge  again  and  again. 
In  other  words,  the  frolic,  revel,  or  more 
refined  social  gayeties,  the  mirage  of  hu- 
man ambition,  the  golden  will-of-the- 
wisp — some  of  these  must  be  pursued  in- 
cessantly, for  they  form  the  only  carnal 
relief  for  the  pain  of  solemn  reflections 
upon  his  relations  to  God.  And  then, 
forsooth,  the  pleasures  to  which  he  is 
driven  and  held  by  such  terrors  are  cited 
in  proof  that  a  life  of  impenitency  is  not  a 
life  of  pain ! 

Lord,  deliver  us  from  sin !    Deliver  our 


RECONCILIATION   WITH    GOD.  27 

consciences  from  its  burden  and  our 
hearts  from  its  pollution!  And  in  special 
mercy,  0  Lord!  deliver  our  reason  from 
its  logic ! 

The  truth  is,  all  forgetful ness  of  Grod 
which  is  secured  by  such  means,  so  far 
from  being  a  medicine  for  the  sinner's 
burning  moral  fever,  is  only  a  symptom  of 
its  existence.  The  search  for  relief  proves 
the  reality  of  the  anguish.  The  fact  of 
this  apathy  toward  religion  must  be  con- 
sidered in  connection  with  its  nature  and 
the  manner  in  which  it  is  produced.  The 
very  recklessness  of  the  sinner,  when  we 
reflect  how  and  why  it  is  cultivated,  is  one 
of  the  strongest  confirmations  of  the  word: 
"Trouble  and  anguish  shall  make  him 
afraid." 

There  lies  in  every  moral  nature  a  sense 
that  the  short  and  sure  road  to  peace  is 
reconciliation  with  God  who  has  been 
disowned,  and  his  government  which  has 
been  cast  off. 


II. 

RECONCILIATION  WITH  GOD. 

SECOND — THE    ACCOMPLISHMENT. 

* 

tHE  time  has  come  for  the  unreconciled 
sinner  to  turn  from  this  wearisome 
j  strife  and  seek  his  peace  with  God  by 
the  cross  of  Christ.  "All  things  are  of 
God,  who  hath  reconciled  us  to  himself  by 
Jesus  Christ." 

But  what  is  this  cross  of  Christ?  In 
fact  and  efficacy  it  is  this: 

When  sin  had  done  its  worst  upon  hu- 
man character  and  condition,  the  Divine 
arrangement  for  mercy  was  revealed.  Its 
execution  began  in  "  the  blood  of  Christ, 
who,  through  the  Eternal  Spirit,  offered 
himself  without  spot  to  God."  Sin  was 
enthroned  in  a -.corrupt  nature.    This  cor- 

28  . 


RECONCILIATION    WITH    GOD.  29 

ruption,  derived  from  the  common  source 
of  human  generation,  was  universal,  and  it 
pervaded  the  whole  human  nature.  The 
conscience  must  be  purged  from  dead 
works,  and  the  whole  man  washed  from 
moral  loathsomeness.  So  also  the  amen- 
ability of  the  sinner  to  the  highest  claims 
and  extremest  penalty  of  the  holy  law  of 
heaven  must  be  met,  honored  and  satisfied. 
The  greatness  of  the  sacrifice  was  com- 
mensurate with  the  great  demand.  The 
Redeemer  met  the  case  as  he  found  it. 
His  sacrifice  was  real,  for  he  made  his 
soul  an  offering  for  sin.  In  this  work 
he  stood  in  the  sinner's  place;  for,  all 
sinless  himself,  God  made  him  to  be  sin 
for  us.  It  is  not  in  outward  sufferings 
alone  that  the  final  doom  of  the  unforgiven 
sinner  consists.  Its  chief  element  is  the 
frown  of  God  felt  in  the  soul  as  a  burden 
of  wrath.  Let  whoever  doubts  this,  read 
Revelation  vi.  16, 17.  This  soul-felt  wrath 
of  God  was  the  cup  which  Jesus  drank  to 

3* 


30  UPWARD. 

the  dregs.  From  his  cross  we  hear  little 
complaint  of  physical  sufferings,  terrible 
as  they  were.  The  thorns  in  his  brow 
and  the  nails  in  his  flesh  awoke,  so  far  as 
we  learn,  no  cry  of  anguish.  That  dying 
expostulation,  whose  echoes  will  linger 
for  ever  through  the  realm  of  redemption, 
was  pressed  from  the  soul  of  this  sinless 
One  by  the  weight  of  this  great  wrath — a 
feeling  of  desertion,  as  if  in  anger  forsaken 
by  God. 

It  is  vain  to  ask  how  this  could  be  felt 
at  the  moment  of  his  most  intense  obedi- 
ence to  the  will  of  God,  and  when  he  must 
have  known  that  the  Father  was  well- 
pleased  with  it  all.  Redemption  is  the  great 
mystery  of  godliness.  We  do  not  study  it  as 
cold  philosophers,  nor  ask  for  scientific 
solutions  of  its  problems;  for  the  sweetest 
element  in  religion  will  be  gone  when 
proud  men  have  outridden  all  faith  with 
their  philosophy.  We  stand  in  the  shad- 
ow of  the  cross,  where  the  very  ground  is 


RECONCILIATION    WITH   GOD.  31 

tremulous  under  the  quiverings  of  the  suf- 
ferer. We  long  for  redemption  from  such 
wrath  as  the  soul  feels  when,  deserted  in 
anger,  it  looks  in  vain  for  one  smile  of 
God.  We  listen,  and,  lo!  that  shriek,  with 
which  our  voices  should  have  rent  the 
prison  of  despair — uMy  God!  my  God! 
why  hast  thou  forsaken  me?" 

There,  for  the  moment,  that  was  endured 
which  the  law  doomed  us  to  endure  for 
ever.  There  the  chastisement  of  our  peace 
was  once  upon  Christ,  and  now  his  heav- 
enly intercession  preserves  for  that  atone- 
ment an  ever-living  efficacy.  Thus  wre 
learn  that,  as  our  sin  wrought  his  death, 
so  his  righteousness  can  work  our  life — 
that  as  he  was  made  sin  for  us,  so  we  are 
made  the  righteousness  of  God  in  him. 
This  may  be  all  dark  to  those  who  would 
straiten  the  Divine  ways  to  the  scant 
limits  of  human  understanding,  but  it  is 
enough  for  us  that  we  behold  the  beauty 
of  the  scheme  in  the  light  of  our  wants. 


32  UPWARD. 

It  is  the  provision  that  we  need,  and  be- 
fore we  are  moved  from  this  faith,  we  must 
hear  some  better  answer  to  the  great  ques- 
tion, "  How  should  man  be  just  with  God?" 
Still  the  way  to  reconciliation  with  God 
through  Christ  is  not  fully  disclosed  until 
we  are  told  of  the  Holy  Spirit  following, 
with  his  peculiar  influences,  the  work  of 
Christ  in  the  world.  Every  solemn  emo- 
tion in  which  the  sinner  is  reminded  of 
his  need  of  redeeming  mercy  is  the  whis- 
per of  that  Spirit  in  his  soul.  Every 
loud,  open  call,  through  providential  dis- 
pensations or  the  messages  of  grace,  is  the 
same  warning  of  God.  When  he  turns 
from  his  revolt,  it  is  because  the  Spirit 
works  in  him  repentance  and  submission. 
When  he  is  justified,  he  feels  the  power 
of  the  same  Spirit  imparting  to  him  be- 
lieving faith  and  applying  to  him  the 
pardon  purchased  in  the  atonement. 
Under  all  the  remaining  experience  of 
religion  this  Spirit  upholds  him  in  the 


RECONCILIATION    WITH    GOD.  33 

hour  of  temptation,  strengthens  his  heart 
for  duty,  attends  him  with  its  support  in 
the  furnace  of  affliction,  sustains  him  in 
the  hour  of  death,  and  makes  safe  his 
passage  to  glory. 

This,  then,  is  the  cross  of  Christ.  This 
is  the  power,  and  these  are  the  blessings 
which  well  out  from  the  atonement,  their 
spring. 

Here,  too,  arises  another  and  crowning- 
view  of  sin.  A  wholesome  estimate  of 
sin  is  ever  the  accompaniment  of  recon- 
ciliation with  God.  The  dreadfulness  of 
human  rebellion  must  be  measured  by  the 
greatness  of  the  sacrifice  indispensable  for 
the  change  of  the  rebel  to  a  loving  subject 
of  the  throne  of  heaven.  The  Lord  Jesus 
stooped  no  lower  and  endured  no  more 
than  wras  demanded  by  the  magnitude  of 
the  guilt  of  man.  The  sight  of  our  suffer- 
ing Saviour  also  gives  this  darker  aspect 
to  the  soul's  revolt — that  it  is  pursued 
after  conditions  of  peace  are  opened  and 


34  UPWAKD. 

the  sinner's  reconciliation  is  besought  on 
the  gentlest  terms.  For  now  his  revolt 
carries  all  the  appearance  of  a  desperate 
purpose  on  his  part  to  try  the  issue — who 
shall  triumph,  himself  or  God — whether 
he  shall  dethrone  his  Maker  or  be  crushed 
by  Omnipotence. 

But,  above  all  other  aspects  of  sin,  it 
appears  most  shocking  in  view  of  the  love 
of  the  cross.  There  the  Redeemer  of 
sinners  meets  his  hour  of  agony  without 
even  the  consolation  of  his  Father's  smile. 
Let  us  draw  near  to  this  great  sight,  that 
we  may  know  how  God  feels  for  men. 
The  sufferer  seems  to  ask  if  there  be  any 
sorrow  like  unto  his  sorrow.  What  a 
mingling  of  horror  of  sin  and  tenderness 
for  the  sinner  in  that  appeal  from  his 
cross,  unspoken  in  words,  but  coming  out 
from  the  mute  anguish  in  his  eye :  "  The 
cup  of  wrath!  I  drink  it  to  save  you  from 
drinking  it  for  ever.  My  heart  of  love!  be- 
hold  its   choicest   compassions   lavished  on 


i 


•  RECONCILIATION    WITH    GOD.  35 

yourself:  shall  it  not  win  the  recompense  of 
your  love? 

Is  it  not  enough  that  the  rebel  has  re- 
volted from  his  Maker,  broken  the  right- 
eous covenant  and  placed  himself  in  the 
way  of  the  terrors  of  the  Almighty  ?  Will 
not  love  now  subdue  the  heart  which  every 
other  excellence  of  God  has  failed  to 
move  ?  The  matchless  love  of  his  injured 
Sovereign,  expressed  in  the  unexampled 
sorrow  of  Christ  on  the  cross — can  he 
withstand  that  also? 

Heaven  and  earth,  hear  and  be  aston- 
ished! The  proud  rebel  has  not  even  the 
grace  to  deplore  his  own  part  in  loading 
the  Redeemer  with  this  affliction.  He 
cares  nothing  for  the  share  which  his  own 
sins  have  borne  in  the  deed.  He  bestows 
perhaps  one  cold  look  upon  the  solemn 
spectacle — perhaps  turns  his  ear  for  one 
callous  hearing  of  the  imploring  entreaty 
of  Christ — then  bids  the  tender  Spirit  of 
grace  begone,  and  exults  that  he  is  above 


36  UPWAKD. 

the  subduing  influence  of  the  compassion 
of  Heaven.  Who  will  now  doubt  the  deep, 
the  radical  depravity  of  the  human  heart? 

Extend  the  view  to  that  field  of  the  holy 
Spirit's  operations  which  has  been  noticed, 
and  the  madness  of  this  rebellion  takes 
the  suicidal  type.  In  sinning  against  the 
Holy  Ghost  the  sinner  sins  against  his 
own  soul.  That  Spirit  is  the  last  agent 
ever  to  be  employed  in  restoring  rebels 
to  the  favor  of  God.  Hence  the  necessary 
consequence  of  resisting  its  motions  in 
the  heart  is  the  self-exclusion  of  the  sinner 
from  the  hope  of  reconciliation.  Only  in 
this  light  can  we  comprehend  the  import 
of  the  woe  which  God  denounces  upon 
those  from  whom  he  departs. 

This,  then,  is  sin  in  the  light  of  the  re- 
deeming mercy — the  sinner  as  seen  from 
the  stand-point  of  Calvary.  The  unhappy 
creature  who  shrinks  from  looking  over 
the  smallest  of  his  accounts  with  God  can 
yet  do  this.     He  can  tread  under  foot  the 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  37 

Son  of  God,  count  the  blood  of  the  cove- 
nant wherewith  he  was  sanctified  an  un- 
holy thing,  and  do  despite  to  the  Spirit  of 
grace.  If  he  does  not  carry  it  to  the  irre- 
vocable point  where  God  finally  gives  him 
over  to  himself,  he  will  be  led  by  this  con- 
victing power  of  the  cross  to  yield  himself 
a  captive  to  grace.  Why  did  he  not  long- 
since  do  it?  The  only  answer  is  found 
in  the  insanity  of  human  rebellion  against 
God.  The  last  battle  is  often  the  fiercest. 
Sometimes  the  very  malignancy  of  the 
final  struggle  shows  to  the  combatant 
what  a  heart  he  possesses,  and  leads  him, 
under  a  Divine  enabling,  to  the  great  re- 
solve that  such  a  heart  cannot  be  endured, 
and  it  shall  submit.  At  the  feet  of  Jesus, 
"clothed  and  in  his  right  mind,"  the  peni- 
tent and  restored  soul  sings  of  the  recon- 
ciling grace — 

"  I  heard  the  voice  of  Jesus  say, 
Come  unto  me  and  rest ; 
Lay  down,  thou  weary  one,  lay  down 
Thy  head  upon  my  breast. 

4 


38  UPWABD. 

"I  came  to  Jesus  as  I  was, 

Weary,  and  worn,  and  sad ; 
I  found  in  him  a  resting-place, 
And  he  has  made  me  glad." 

Here  is  the  first  unterrified  view  of 
God.  The  sinner  has  turned  from  the 
strife  in  which  he  knew  that  he  was  wrong, 
and  surrendered  himself  without  con- 
dition to  Christ  as  his  peace  with  God. 
He  has  awakened  to  life  under  the  voice 
of  forgiving  grace,  and  his  heart  glows 
with  the  assurance  that  all  is  now  right 
between  himself  and  his  Sovereign.  The 
morning  sun  of  his  soul's  Sabbath  has 
risen  on  his  darkness,  and  is  ascending 
to  the  meridian  of  perfect  day. 

It  is  none  too  soon;  he  was  haggard 
and  worn  in  the  long  war.  His  soul  was 
like  the  bird  sent  out  by  Noah.  All  the 
world  of  sin  was  a  shoreless  watery  waste. 
With  no  nourishment  and  no  resting  rock, 
her  weary  wings  were  about  to  fail.  It  is 
time  the  ark  was  entered.  It  is  time  to 
listen  to  the  Messenger  of  the  covenant's 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  39 

voice  to  tired  wanderers  from  Jesus,  that 
in  him  there  is  rest. 

But  the  change !  the  change  !  God,  who 
was  dreaded,  is  now  loved.  The  Majesty 
which  inspired  terror  is  now  beheld  with 
open  face.  The  load  of  unforgiven  sin  is 
gone,  and  the  lustings  after  sin  are  trans- 
formed to  aspirations  for  holiness.  The 
voice  so  lately  feared  is  music  to  the  souL 
The  law  which  condemned  is  reconciled  in 
Christ.  The  Divine  government,  so  ter- 
rible while  its  power  was  arrayed  against 
sin,  is  now  a  shield  of  defence  accepted 
with  joy.  The  everlasting  covenant  has 
become  the  pledge  of  safety.  The  renewed 
man  is  made  to  feel  himself  committed  to 
Christ,  under  the  Father's  covenant  pro- 
mise, as  the  fruit  of  his  sufferings  on  the 
cross.  Belonging  to  the  Redeemer,  as  a 
portion  of  the  promised  reward  for  the 
offering  of  his  soul  for  sin,  he  is  not  only 
to  shine  henceforth  in  the  glory  of  the 
mediatorial  throne,  but  to  become  himself 


40  UPWAKD. 

an  integral  part  of  that  glory.  Christ  is 
to  be  admired  in  him,  and  the  Spirit  is 
now  forming  him  into  such  an  image  as 
will  adorn  his  Redeemer.  For  this  ex- 
alted service  he  is  washed,  justified  and 
sanctified.  Purchased  and  wrought  for 
such  use,  Christ  already  possesses  too 
precious  an  interest  in  him  to  allow  the 
work  to  stop  incomplete.  His  Mediator 
assumes  the  care  of  settling  his  relations 
with  heaven.  The  Advocate  makes  all 
right  between  the  returning  sinner  and 
his  God.  The  reconciliation  is  complete. 
Oh,  the  change !  the  change !  A  new 
world  of  gladness  is  opened.  The  atmos- 
phere which  he  breathes  is  joy;  peace  in 
believing  is  his  repose.  Ashes  are  ex- 
changed for  beauty ;  mourning  for  the 
oil  of  joy ;  heaviness  for  the  garment  of 
praise.  He  lives  a  new  life,  and  "all  that 
life  is  love."  The  deathly  darkness  of  the 
night  of  sin  has  fled  before  the  morning 
of  grace.     No  lengthening  shadows  are  to 


RECONCILIATION   WITH   GOD.  41 

mark  the  decline  of  this  opening  day.  Its 
morning  is  for  earth;  its  meridian,  the 
"  sacred,  high,  eternal  noon"  of  heaven. 

u  I  heard  the  voice  of  Jesus  say, 

I  am  this  dark  world's  light ; 

Look  unto  me  ;  thy  morn  shall  rise, 

And  all  thy  day  be  bright. 

I  looked  to  Jesus,  and  I  found 

In  him  my  star,  my  sun, 

And  in  that  Light  of  Life  I'll  walk 

Till  all  my  journey's  done." 
4* 


G^fefe^)^ 


III. 

CONSCIENCE. 
FIRST — AT   WAR. 

N  all  the  moral  experiences  which 
have  been  mentioned,  Conscience 
makes  itself  felt  as  a  power  for  dis- 
quiet or  tranquillity.  The  reproaching 
conscience  agonizes — the  approving  con- 
science gives  peace. 

The  power  of  conscience  as  an  enemy 
militant,  was  well  illustrated  by  an  oc- 
currence said  to  have  taken  place  many 
years  ago  in  one  of  the  western  shires  of 
England.  A  miserable  man  had  crowned 
a  career  of  wickedness  by  the  commission 
of  a  crime  of  the  highest  grade  of  atrocity. 
He  was  brought  before  the  assizes  on  trial 
for  his  life.     The  evidence  against  him 

42 


CONSCIENCE.  43 

was  dark,  the  countenances  of  the  jurors 
were  portentous  and  the  court  was  un- 
usually solemn.  All  appearances  con- 
spired to  fill  him  with  the  worst  appre- 
hensions. But,  unexpectedly  to  himself, 
the  skill  of  his  counsel  was  successful. 
The  course  of  justice  was  perverted,  and 
he  received  a  verdict  of  acquittal.  He 
was  once  more  a  free  man. 

Free — from  what?  From  the  court, 
the  bailiff,  the  iron-bound  cell  and  the 
executioner;  but  not  from  the  officer  of 
God.  He  knew  the  unsettled  wrong  be- 
tween himself  and  justice.  He  had  the 
conscience  of  crime,  but  not  of  expiation. 
He  uttered  no  shout  of  liberty,  but  went 
silently  home,  threw  himself  upon  his 
bed,  turned  upon  his  face  and  groaned 
aloud.  A  neighbor  who  came  in  sought 
to  quiet  his  distress  by  repeatedly  re- 
minding him  that  he  was  cleared.  The 
wretched  man  at  length  turned  himself, 
and  with  a  stern,  desperate  look  inquired, 


44  UPWARD. 

"Where  will  I  find  a  court  to  clear  me 
from  my  own  conscience?"  The  pangs  of 
his  spirit  increased  from  day  to  day.  In 
less  than  two  weeks  he  died  from  no  per- 
ceptible cause  but  remorse.  Conscience 
killed  him. 

0  Conscience,  what  a  witness  art  thou 
for  Grod  in  the  human  breast!  Every- 
thing else  about  the  mind  may  be  dis- 
torted; everything  holy  lost;  the  bosom 
where  love  should  be  enthroned  given 
over  to  the  reign  of  hatred;  the  passions, 
which  ought  to  lie  still,  all  in  surging 
strife;  the  judgment  subverted  by  the 
malign  will,  and  the  reason  made  ir- 
rational on  every  moral  subject;  still, 
amid  the  perverted  and  sin-ruined  facul- 
ties, it  holds  its  integrity  as  the  scorching 
foe  of  wrong.  It  is  among  the  depraved 
qualities  of  the  mind  like  Milton's  seraph 
Abdiel  in  the  council  of  Satan : 

"  Faithful  found 
Among  the  faithless — faithful  only  he ; 


CONSCIENCE.  45 

Among  innumerable  false,  unmoved, 
Unshaken,  unseduced,  unterrified, 
His  loyalty  lie  kept." 

It  is  not  meant  that  the  faculty  of  con- 
science suffered  none  of  the  effects  of  the 
apostasy  in  Paradise.  Our  moral  ruin 
was  there  complete.  There  is  no  attri- 
bute in  the  unrenewed  man  to  which 
holiness  can  be  ascribed.  Conscience  is 
deeply  implicated  in  the  sad  results  of 
sin.  The  influence  of  depravity  over  it 
is  felt  in  its  often  becoming  remiss,  stupe- 
fied, or,  in  the  language  of  Scripture, 
" seared  with  a  hot  iron,"  so  that  sinners 
frequently  live  for  a  season  unterrified  by 
its  reproaches.  But  the  thing  meant  is, 
that  sooner  or  later  it  is  sure  to  awake, 
and  that,  when  aroused,  it  takes  the  part 
of  Heaven  against  a  sinner.  As  a  natu- 
ral faculty,  it  takes  the  side  of  God  when- 
ever it  acts  at  all. 

Neither  is  it  meant  that  it  is  a  teacher 
of  the  will  of  God  in  general.     Gross  de- 


46  UPWARD. 

lusions  and  wild  licentiousness  have  come 
from  assigning  to  it  a  power  which  it 
never  possessed.  It  has  one  great  work 
to  do,  and  in  that  work  it  is  mighty  in- 
deed. It  is  not  its  office  to  teach  any 
moral  philosophy  or  inspired  truth  be- 
yond this  simple  proposition — that  right 
ought  always  to  be  practiced,  and  wrong 
ought  always  to  be  avoided.  No  fair  con- 
struction of  Romans  ii.  15  will  represent 
it  as  doing  anything  more  than  to  rebuke 
or  accuse  of  wrong  the  people  mentioned 
for  sinning  against  those  teachings  of  na- 
ture and  reason  which  had  just  been  re- 
cited; and  nowhere  else  in  the  word  of 
God  is  any  other  teaching-power  ascribed 
to  it.  When  we  would  learn  what  is 
right  or  wrong,  God  sends  us  to  his  re- 
vealed word  and  to  the  coincident  in- 
structions of  our  reason.  Conscience  is 
given  to  accuse  or  excuse;  to  enforce  the 
sense  of  wrong  or  justification;  to  fill  the 
sinner  with  remorse  for  known  guilt,  and 


CONSCIENCE.  47 

to  cause  the  good  man  to  feel  the  ap- 
proval of  God  and  become  serene.* 

The  sinner's  great  war  is  against  God. 
He  has  entered  the  lists  with  Omnipo- 
tence, and  this  alone  will  ensure  his  de- 
feat and  the  utter  prostration  of  his  en- 
ergies soon.  But  his  strife  with  con- 
science takes  another  direction,  which 
makes  the  war  doubly  disheartening. 
This  conscience  is  a  part  of  his  own 
nature,  so  that  in  contending  with  it  he 
is  fighting  himself.  Here  he  becomes  his 
own  foe.  If  he  triumphs — and  he  some- 
times does  for  a  time,  so  far  as  to  still  the 
self-accusing  voice — he  only  vanquishes 
himself;  and  when  he  comes  to  be 
crushed  by  remorse,  he  crushes  himself. 
This  is  the  strange  extremity  to  which  he 
is  reduced.  In  relation  to  the  Divine 
law,  God's  views  of  sin,  his  dealings  with 

*  The  views  offered  in  this  paragraph  are  purposely  short 
of  a  proper  metaphysical  discussion,  which  is  not  called  for 
in  these  pages.  Just  so  much  is  said  as  will  advance  the  relig- 
ious purposes  of  the  work. 


48  UPWARD. 

those  who  are  guilty  of  it,  and  his  admin- 
istration in  general,  the  unholy  heart  is 
against  the  Almighty,  but  the  conscience 
is  for  him.  It  is  a  striking  disadvantage 
on  the  sinner's  side  of  the  contest  that 
he  must  contend  with  Heaven  and  him- 
self at  the  same  time.  On  the  highest 
throne,  one  enemy  sits;  in  his  own 
bosom,  the  other  dwells. 

If  he  will  persist  in  such  a  contest,  it 
can  have  but  one  issue.  He  has  made 
foes  to  himself,  which  cannot  and  should 
not  give  him  peace  or  rest.  When  he 
approaches  the  dark  valley,  deserted  by 
every  moral  support,  remorseful  memories 
wring  his  heart.  He  has  drawn  upon  his 
dying  hour  the  frown  of  both  Grod  above 
and  his  conscience  within.  He  is  forsaken 
by  heaven  and  despised  by  himself. 

Every  appalling  view  of  his  case  is 
aggravated  when  our  thoughts  pursue 
him  to  the  world  of  spirits.  There 
memory  reviews    the    past — the   mercy 


CONSCIENCE.  49 

once  offered  from  the  cross,  the  resistance 
to  that  mercy,  the  calls  of  the  ministry  of 
reconciliation  unheeded,  the  strivings  of 
the  Holy  Spirit  resisted,  Sabbaths  spent 
in  sin,  the  work  of  life  neglected  through 
the  morning,  noon  and  evening  hours  of 
the  day  of  grace,  until  its  sun  of  hope 
went  down  in  the  night  of  despair.  Then 
conscience  will  be  felt  as  the  power  which 
arms  those  recollections  with  the  sting  of 
remorse.  Worse  than  all  besides  will  be 
the  anguish  of  that  long,  loud  wail,  rising- 
distinct  from  among  the  moans  of  the 
realms  of  mourning — "God  was  right,  and 
I  was  wrong!" 

Thoughtless  reader,  does  your  heart 
pant  to  pursue  the  contest  with  such  a 
foe?  "Lay  thine  hand  upon  him;  re- 
member the  battle;  do  no  more." 

5  D 


IV. 

CONSCIENCE. 
SECOND — AT   PEACE. 

Q[  DYING-  saint  had  just  listened  to  the 
l\  reading  of  the  fourteenth  chapter  of 
S)  St.  John's  Gospel.  "My  son,"  said 
he  to  the  reader,  "  now  bring  to  me  the 
catechism  of  our  Church."  The  young 
man  brought  the  book. 

"  Now  read  the  Benefits"  The  young- 
man  read:  "The  benefits  which  in  this 
life  do  accompany  or  flow  from  justifica- 
tion, adoption  and  sanctification  are  as- 
surance of  God's  love,  peace  of  con- 
science— " 

"Stop!"  said  the  dying  man,  "stop 
there!  let  me  think  of  that.  Yes,  that  is 
it — peace   of  conscience!     Oh,   what    an 

50 


CONSCIENCE.  51 

enemy  conscience  once  was!  What  a 
friend  now!  How  gladly  I  would  have 
destroyed  it  then,  but  what  could  I  now 
do  without  its  approval?  Peace  of  con- 
science— that  is  it!  Peace  through  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ!    Peace!  Peace!" 

And  yet,  viewed  as  a  faculty,  this  was 
the  same  conscience  which  pursued,  even 
to  a  despairing  death,  the  guilty  wretch 
spoken  of  in  the  commencement  of  the 
last  chapter.  The  only  difference  is  that, 
in  this  case,  it  approved  and -sustained ; 
in  the  other  it  stung  and  crushed.  In 
each  alike  it  was  the  same  faithful  witness 
for  God.  Its  operations  vary  with  the 
ever-varying  states  of  our  souls.  The 
presence  or  absence  of  regenerating  grace 
greatly  affects  its  tones,  vigilance  and 
power;  but  through  all  its  different  de- 
grees of  animation  and  variety  of  opera- 
tions, whenever  it  does  lift  its  voice,  it 
speaks  out  for  God.  The  same  conscience 
which  affrights  the  sinner  cheers  the  peni- 


52  UPWARD. 

tent  at  the  cross  and  blesses  the  path  of 
his  pilgrimage  with  peace.  The  same 
conscience  which  creates  those  frightful 
spectres  which  haunt  the  dying  chamber 
of  the  unforgiven  man,  assures  the  de- 
parting saint  that  all  between  God  and 
his  soul  is  pleasant.  The  same  conscience 
which  makes  the  undying  worm  of  fu- 
ture hopeless  remorse,  dwells  delightfully 
in  the  bosom  of  the  ransomed  saint  in 
glory. 

The  friend  of  God  feels  that  his  con- 
science and  himself  are  at  peace.  It  is 
not  meant  that  his  peace  springs  from  a 
consciousness  of  personal  innocence.  He 
is  but  a  redeemed  sinner,  whose  conscience 
is  purged  from  dead  works  by  "the  blood 
of  Christ,  who,  through  the  eternal  Spirit, 
offered  himself  without  spot  to  God."  The 
difference  between  himself  and  the  sinner 
out  of  Christ  does  not  consist  in  their 
respective  amounts  of  personal  guilt. 
Out  of  Christ,  both  are  loaded  with  sin. 


CONSCIENCE.  53 

But  the  one  has  found  refuge  from  the 
frown  of  God  under  the  protection  of  the 
cross.  His  conscience  is  at  peace  because 
the  Holy  Spirit  lays  to  his  soul  the  as- 
surance that,  "if  any  man  sin,  we  have 
an  advocate  with  the  Father,  Jesus 
Christ  the  righteous."  The  other  seeks 
relief  from  the  pangs  of  an  accusing  con- 
science by  hardening  himself  against  the 
reproof  and  forcing  his  attention  away 
from  his  guilt.  The  whole  story  was  told 
from  the  lips  of  the  Christian  on  the  brink 
of  the  river,  just  as  we  have  it  from  the 
word  of  the  Holy  Spirit — "  peace  with  God 
through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ."  The 
penitent,  thus  exalted  above  the  fear 
which  has  torment,  is  no  longer  afraid  to 
contemplate  the  past  and  the  present — 
what  he  was  and  what  he  is.  He  makes 
no  effort  to  stupefy  his  memory  of  sins, 
for  the  recollection  of  them  inspires  fresh 
love  of  his  suffering  Lord,  upon  whom  they 
were  laid.     The  remembrance  of  his  guilt 

5  * 


54  UPWARD. 

brings  him  nearer  to  the  cross,  and  there 
he  hears  the  voice  of  forgiveness  and  feels 
the  conforming  power  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 
This  Divine  work  in  his  soul  is  what 
brings  himself  and  his  conscience  into 
peace. 

It  is  true  there  is  a  spurious  trust, 
which  allows  of  sin  that  grace  may 
abound.  It  virtually  says,  The  more  sin 
the  better,  because  the  all-forgiving  grace 
of  Grod  is  then  magnified.  But  tenderness, 
or  a  quick  sensibility  to  wrong,  is  one  of 
the  special  attributes  of  a  good  conscience. 
It  revolts  from  all  wrong,  feels  the  shock 
of  sin  and  rejoices  in  goodness.  As  a 
stimulant  to  carefulness  of  life,  to  an 
anxious  watch  against  unholiness,  and  to 
a  prayerful  diligence  to  do  the  whole  will 
of  God,  it  stands  side  by  side  with  the 
Christian  graces  of  faith  and  love,  the 
best  of  all  guards  against  the  world,  the 
flesh  and  the  devil.  The  emphatic  testi- 
mony of  the  Holy  Spirit,  already  quoted, 


CONSCIENCE.  55 

is  that  the  blood  of  Christ  purges  the 
conscience  of  the  believer  from  dead 
works  to  serve  the  living  God.  Lifting 
from  the  soul  the  burden  of  guilt,  the 
peaceful  conscience  affords  its  possessor  a 
holy  confidence  to  seek  Grod  in  prayer,  so 
that  he  comes  boldly  to  the  throne  of 
grace.  There,  under  the  Divine  bright- 
ness, he  beholds  the  beauty  of  holiness, 
and  longs  to  have  it  impressed  upon  his 
own  heart  and  exhibited  in  his  whole 
life.  There  the  condemnation  is  re- 
moved, and  the  heart  thus  disburdened 
is  most  earnest  in  its  obedience,  because 
its  works  of  well-doing  are  un terrified 
and  cordial.  There  is  felt  that  peculiar 
security  for  holy  living  of  which  the  be- 
loved disciple  wrote:  "Beloved,  if  our 
heart  condemn  us  not,  then  have  we  con- 
fidence toward  Grod.  And  whatsoever  we 
ask,  we  receive  of  him,  because  we  keep 
his  commandments,  and  do  those  things 
that  are  pleasing  in  his  sight.  .  .  .  And 


56  UPWARD. 

he  that  keepeth  his  commandments 
dwelleth  in  him,  and  he  in  him.  And 
hereby  we  know  that  he  abideth  in  us,  by 
the  Spirit  which  he  hath  given  us." 

Peace — what  beauty  dwells  in  the  very 
word!  Still  it  is  not  expressive  of  the 
feelings  now  under  contemplation  without 
a  new  and  enlarged  meaning.  Such  a 
meaning  it  has  received  in  the  testament- 
ary promise  of  Jesus :  "  Peace  I  leave 
with  you;  my  peace  I  give  unto  you;  not 
as  the  world  giveth,  give  I  unto  you." 

The  mere  absence  of  conflict  makes  the 
peace  of  the  world.  Carnal  views  of  its 
blessedness  seldom  rise  above  the  idea  of 
freedom  from  disturbing  agencies.  Ex- 
emption from  sorrows,  fears  and  contests 
is  all  that  is  essential  to  the  existence  of 
such  peace.  But  if  this  were  all  that  is 
implied  in  the  serenity  of  the  conscience 
which  Christ  has  pacified,  what  a  void 
there  would  be  in  Christian  happiness! 
Every  positive  element  would  be  removed 


CONSCIENCE.  57 

from  celestial  peace ;  the  believer's  joy 
would  be  despoiled  of  its  living  essentials, 
and  heavenliness  would  depart  from 
heaven.  Everlasting  thanks  to  Him  who, 
in  the  school  of  happy  experience,  teaches 
us  those  sublimer  views  of  peace  which 
behold  it  as  a  sanctified  quiet  under  the 
wing  of  an  approving  conscience!  We 
find  it  not  so  much  in  what  it  removes  as 
in  what  it  imparts. 

"My  peace  I  give  unto  you."  The  bless- 
edness which  springs  up  ever  fresh  in  the 
Saviour's  own  heart  he  shares  with  his 
disciple.  Once  he  laid  his  own  soul  under 
the  horror  of  God's  frown,  and  through 
that  he  learned,  as  a  thing  of  personal  ex- 
perience, the  joy  of  deliverance  from 
Divine  wrath.  Throughout  his  previous 
conflicts  with  the  living  trials  of  human 
life  he  had  derived  support  and  comfort 
from  his  Father's  smile  and  his  own  self- 
approving  conscience.  Struggling  with 
the  toils  of  his  earthly  pilgrimage,  bearing 


58  UPWAKD. 

up  against  persecutions  and  the  afflictions 
which  oppressed  his  mortal  nature,  the 
peace  which  dwelt  in  his  bosom  filled  him 
with  consolation.  The  same  heavenly 
inmate  diffused  its  influence  over  his 
seasons  of  communion  with  the  Father, 
such  as  we  have  an  example  of  in  the 
seventeenth  chapter  of  St.  John's  Gospel. 
The  freedom  of  intercourse  with  heaven 
which  he  imparts  is  the  same  in  which 
his  own  Spirit  delighted.  "As  thou, 
Father,  art  in  me,  and  I  in  thee,  that  they 
also  may  be  one  in  us."  In  the  placid 
happiness  with  which  we  are  filled  while 
enjoying  this  nearness  to  the  King  of  hea- 
ven we  participate  in  Christ's  own  bliss. 
"We  drink  with  him  at  the  same  fountain  of 
joy  and  sit  in  the  same  bower  of  delights. . 
Thus  the  serenity  which  we  obtain 
through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  becomes 
more  than  a  gift  from  the  Father  of  lights. 
It  is  literally  "the  peace  of  God,  which 
passeth  all  understanding." 


V. 

THE  VICTORY  THAT  OVERCOMETH  THE  WORLD. 

FIRST — THE   RELIANCE. 

» 

JPACH  inwrought  spiritual  gift  has 
4  '  some  service  for  the  spiritual  man 
/V  which  is  peculiarly  its  own.  Faith 
is  the  grace  for  support,  for  assurance  and 
for  victory.  The  leader  of  the  Israelitish 
exodus  was  an  example  of  its  sustaining 
power.  It  is  expressly  ascribed  to  his 
faith,  that,  through  all  those  long  years  of 
discouragement,  which  would  have  put 
any  mortal  energy  out  of  heart  and  hope, 
"he  endured  as  seeing  Him  who  is  invisi- 
ble." When  Paul  spoke  his  assurance  of 
a  house  not  made  with  hands,  eternal  in 
the  heavens,  he  gave  as  the  ground  of  it 
the  inworking  of  Grod  through  which  he 

5<J 


60  UPWARD. 

walked  by  faith,  not  by  sight.  But  in  no 
respect  does  faith  become  to  the  Christian 
a  higher  endowment  than  when  it  is  felt 
as  a  triumphing  grace.  "This  is  the 
victory  that  overcometh  the  world,  even 
our  faith."  First  bringing  the  believer 
into  union  with  Christ,  it  works  through 
all  its  other  influences  up  to  that  highest 
triumph  where  he  can  say  that  in  tribu- 
lation, distress,  persecution,  famine,  naked- 
ness, peril  or  sword — in  death,  life,  things 
present  or  to  come — in  all  these  things  he 
is  more  than  conqueror  through  Him  that 
loved  him. 

We  reach  heaven  only  through  victory. 
The  triumphs  of  the  redeemed  soul,  pres- 
ent or  final,  are  a  victor's  triumphs.  The 
crowns  which  are  worn  by  glorified  saints 
are  victors'  crowns ;  the  palms  which  they 
bear  are  victors'  palms.  uThey  overcame 
by  the  blood  of  the  Lamb  "  Where  there 
is  conquest,  there  has  been  conflict.  Victory 
is  the  turning-point  in  the  fortunes  of 


THE  VICTOR Y  THAT   OVERCOMETH.  61 

war.  It  is  the  end  of  strife.  It  is  ac- 
counted great  and  glorious  only  when  the 
strife  has  been  fierce  and  deadly. 

Where  there  is  strife  there  is  a  foe. 
The  believer  is  in  life-and-death  conflict 
with  principalities  and  powers — the  rulers 
of  the  darkness  of  this  world ;  and  it  is 
through  as  well  as  in  this  world  they  rule. 
He  breasts  the  great  army  of  worldly 
influences,  arrayed  to  cut  off  his  march 
toward  heaven  and  crowd  him  down  to 
ruin.  We  are  told  of  the  world,  the  flesh 
and  the  devil,  as  the  three  great  enemies 
standing  in  array  between  the  soul  and 
heaven.  But  as  the  flesh  is  only  a  species 
of  the  genus  world,  and  as  through  worldly 
seductions  the  devil  gains  the  mastery, 
the  victory  that  overcomes  the  world  be- 
comes a  victory  over  all,  or  the  failure  to 
overcome  the  world  is  a  failure  of  all.  If, 
as  the  issue  of  the  conflict,  an  immortal 
soul  is  lost  and  sinks  to  the  everlasting 
ruin,  it  is  because  the  world  is  victor  in 


62  UPWARD. 

the  fight.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  that  soul 
escapes  the  ruin,  and  from  the  dying  bed 
soars  away  to  the  immortal  life,  it  is  the 
victory  that  overcometh  the  world. 

For  this  victory  the  enlisted  Christian 
soldier  strikes  out.  But  let  him  mark 
well  the  whole  ground  of  his  hopes  of 
triumph — the  force  for  reliance,  the  plan 
of  the  campaign  and  the  discipline  of  the 
field.  In  common  war  the  laying  out  of 
campaigns  upon  impracticable  theories, 
the  working  of  weapons  which  can  do  no 
execution,  or  the  occupation  of  lines  from 
which  there  is  no  possible  road  to  victory, 
are  worse  than  a  waste  of  strength.  It 
brings  in  the  end  a  defeat  more  productive 
of  suffering  than  would  have  followed  an 
early  surrender.  In  the  soul's  warfare 
for  the  heavenly  victory  an  analogous 
folly  would  result  only  from  a  neglect  to 
study  the  force  and  means  at  command. 
Grod  has  mapped  out  for  those  who  will 
adopt  it  a  campaign  which  is  incapable  of 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  63 

failure;  he  has  arranged  for  those  who 
will  make  it  their  position,  a  line  from 
which  no  storm  of  battle  can  drive  them ; 
and  he  supplies  the  force  in  which  from  that 
line  they  can  bear  down  upon  flying  foes, 
open  the  way  to  the  land  of  conquest, 
and  from  thence  send  back  the  shout  of 
finished  victory. 

Then  what  is  this  victory  that  over- 
cometh  the  world  ? 

Faith,  passing  up  through  lesser  mean- 
ings, is  complete  only  in  this — a  perfect 
reliance  on  the  sufficiency  of  Christ ;  the 
leaning  of  the  believer  on  the  atonement 
and  intercession  of  the  Redeemer  for  him 
and  his  grace  in  him.  Mental  belief  in 
the  doctrine  of  the  cross,  obedient  belief 
and  unquestioning  belief,  are  all  involved 
in  this.  Sweet  and  submissive  confidence 
in  the  promises  is  also  included — such  as 
the  promise  of  present  support  and  coming- 
deliverance  under  all  trials  of  flesh  or 
spirit  where  patience  in  suffering  is  called 


64  UPWARD. 

for.  In  Hebrews  xi.  we  have  the  finest  illus- 
trations on  record  of  the  manifestations  of 
faith  in  obedient  and  unquestioning  sub- 
mission to  the  will  of  God,  both  in  doing 
and  suffering.  The  definition  given  to  it 
in  the  first  verse  of  the  chapter  speaks  a 
volume  of  power  to  work  the  Christian 
life  into  its  highest  activities  :  "  Faith  is 
the  substance  of  things  hoped  for;  the 
evidence  of  things  not  seen."  Here  is  a 
higher  principle  of  either  activity  or  en- 
durance than  mere  hope.  The  word  earnest 
comes  nearer  to  it — a  word  implying  fore- 
taste as  well  as  expectation — a  specimen 
of  the  promised  good  now  in  hand,  as  well 
as  an  assurance  of  the  whole  to  come. 
But  beyond  even  this  there  lies,  in  the 
terms  quoted,  the  idea  of  a  true  fore- 
stalling of  the  possession,  making  a  present 
now  of  the  glorious  hereafter — in  fact, 
making  the  coming  glory  so  powerfully 
present  to  the  feelings  that  the  really 
present  toils  and   sufferings    are   felt  as 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  65 

things  of  the  past.  This,  we  are  then 
told,  was  the  power  which  wrought  those 
wondrous  acts  of  obedience,  patience  and 
endurance  in  Noah,  Abraham,  Moses  and 
other  ancient  worthies,  who,  because  they 
believed  God,  came  off  victors  in  the  bat- 
tle with  the  world.  They  endured  as 
seeing  Him  who  is  invisible ;  they  had 
respect  unto  the  recompense  of  the  reward. 

But  even  this  view  of  faith,  as  the  sub- 
stance of  the  things  hoped  for  and  the 
evidence  of  things  not  seen,  fails  to  account 
for  those  high  moral  achievements,  except 
as  it  is  regarded  in  its  relation  to  the 
cross.  We  must  go  back  to  the  under- 
lying import  of  the  term  before  stated, 
which  lends  reality  and  vitalizing  energy 
to  its  lesser  meanings — reliance  on  Christ. 
It  puts  on  this  fullness  of  meaning  in  the 
first  experience  of  every  true  Christian. 

The  first  motion  of  the  regenerate  heart 
is  one  of  reliance  on  the  sufficiency  of 
Christ  as  the  Saviour  of  the  soul.     It  is  a 

6  *  E 


66  UPWARD. 

plain,  intelligible  feeling — one  that  can  be 
put  into  language  as  well  as  felt  in  the 
heart.  Parting  from  all  vain  notions  of 
self-justification,  the  believer  accepts  the 
justifying  grace  of  the  atonement  as  a  pro- 
vision for  himself.  He  does  not  believe 
the  story  of  the  death  of  Jesus  merely  as 
he  believes  the  history  of  the  wars  of  Ju- 
lius Caesar.  His  heart  is  not  affected  by 
the  wrong  done  to  the  victim  of  the  cross 
in  the  way  that  it  is  softened  by  the  dying- 
scene  of  Socrates.  Neither  does  his  inter- 
est in  the  atonement  rest  at  the  conclusion 
that  there  is  fullness  in  it  for  the  redemp- 
tion of  some  sinners.  But,  coming  with 
his  own  broken  heart  to  the  cross,  and 
feeling  himself  one  of  the  sinners  for  whom 
such  expiation  was  needed,  and  one  of 
those  for  whom  it  was  really  made,  his 
believing  and  appropriating  faith  looks  up 
to  the  cross  and  says — 

"  There  hung  the  man  that  died  for  me." 

Here  is  the  conquest  of  self,  the  first 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  67 

triumph  of  faith  and  the  grasping  of  the 
true  force  for  all  succeeding  triumphs. 

We  expect  no  victory  for  the  soldier  who 
goes  into  the  field  of  strife  in  worthless 
armor,  against  overwhelming  odds,  and 
relying  upon  imaginary  reinforcements 
never  to  appear.  Such  is  all  the  sinner's 
hope  of  overcoming  the  world  without 
Christ  in  him  and  for  him.  Influences 
hostile  to  grace  have  control  of  his  heart. 
There  is  treason  within,  and  through  that 
he  is  disarmed  of  all  strength  for  the  con- 
flict with  evil.  His  moral  powers  feel  the 
inspiration  of  no  living  hatred  of  sin;  no 
revolt  from  the  slavery  of  worldly  influ- 
ences excites  his  efforts  to  break  the  chain. 
If  he  feels  the  strife  at  all,  every  pleading 
of  his  own  nature  is  for  the  enemy.  Even 
stronger  against  him  than  the  world  with- 
out are  the  corrupt  forces  which  his  own 
bosom  nourishes.  The  experience  of  mil- 
lions corroborates  the  Divine  testimony, 
that  before  he  can  hope  for  victory  over 


68  UPWARD. 

the  world  the  conquest  of  himself  must  be 
made.  The  forces  within  him  must  be  so 
thoroughly  revolutionized  in  spirit  that 
they  will  take  the  side  of  his  soul  against 
Satan. 

But  how  is  this  first  battle  to  be  fought? 
And  who  shall  achieve  this  first  victory — 
the  victory  within  and  over  himself? 
The  answer  is  short,  satisfactory  and 
scriptural.  The  battle  has  been  fought, 
and  the  victory  is  to-day  laid  at  the  sin- 
ner's feet,  awaiting  only  reception  byiiis 
faith  to  become  his  victory.  It  is  an  old 
point — one  of  the  elementary  principles 
of  the  great  atonement.  We  were  helpless 
in  the  strife  against  our  own  corrupt  pro- 
pensities. We  had  no  power  left  to  free 
ourselves  from  the  bondage,  and  no  price 
to  purchase  a  ransom  from  it.  There 
Christ  met  us.  In  the  blood  of  his  cross 
he  paid  the  ransom.  Alone  he  fought  all 
the  power  arrayed  for  our  eternal  slavery 
to  sin,  and  in  his  conquest  over  hell  he 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  69 

broke  that  power  for  all  who,  with  appro- 
priating faith,  looking  up  to  him  as  a 
personal  Redeemer,  can  say,  "  My  Lord 
and  my  God !"  Coming  to  him  for  the 
victory  which  he  on  Calvary  wrought  for 
his  people;  approaching  with  hearts  long- 
ing to  find  in  it  triumph  over  sin  as  well 
as  deliverance  from  wrath ;  yielding  our 
entire  confidence  to  the  reality  and  suffi- 
ciency of  this  work  of  Christ;  appro- 
priating to  ourselves  the  Lord  Jesus  as 
our  righteousness, — this  is  the  faith  which 
makes  the  victory  of  Christ  to  become  in- 
ourselves  our  victory.  It  is  the  beginning 
of  the  victory  that  overcometh  the  world. 


VI. 


THE  VICTORY  THAT  OVERCOMETH  THE  WORLD. 


SECOND — ENDURANCE. 


[ITH  Christ  living  in  the  heart  bv  a 
relying  faith,  "greater  is  he  that  is  in 
you  than  he  that  is  in  the  world." 
Thus  we  become  armed  for  the  conflict  to 
come.  Conflict  to  come?  After  what  has  been 
said  of  Christ  having  alone  fought  the  battle 
for  us  against  the  powers  of  darkness,  and  of 
his  having  achieved  the  victory  and  given 
it  over  to  us  as  our  victory,  is  there  still 
conflict  to  come?  Yes,  enough  of  watch- 
ing against  spiritual  foes,  of  wrestlings 
with  fightings  without  and  fears  within, 
and  of  strife  with  worldly  influences  in 
every  form  in  which  they  can  be  arrayed 
against  the  soul,  to  make  felt  the  value  of 

70 


THE   VICTORY    THAT   OVERCOMETH.         71 

faith  as  an  armor  in  that  part  of  the  con- 
flict which  is  now  laid  upon  ourselves. 
The  faith  through  which  the  victory  of 
the  cross  first  became  our  victory  must 
abide  to  the  end ;  and  upheld  by  it,  while 
we  wrestle  and  pray  and  endure,  all  must 
be  the  working  of  the  power  of  the  atone- 
ment in  us.  We  are  saved  only  as  we 
ourselves  endure  to  the  end;  but  when 
that  end  comes,  we  can  only  say  as  one 
dying  Christian  said,  "I  have  not  run — 
Christ  carried  me;  /have  not  worked — 
Christ  wrought  in  me;  /have  not  con- 
quered— Christ  vanquished  for  me:  Christ 
has  done  all." 

It  is  an  important  point,  and  vital  to  a 
well-maintained  Christian  experience,  that, 
while  in  the  redemption  of  the  believer 
from  the  bondage  of  corruption,  Christ, 
without  him,  and  alone  upon  Calvary, 
achieved  the  victory,  in  the  conflict  with 
opposing  powers  which  he  is  to  carry  on 
to  the  end,  Christ  only  works  with  him 


72  UPWAKD. 

and  through  him.  In  the  war  with  the 
world  and  sin  "  we  must  fight  if  we  would 
reign."  We  must  win  the  crowns  we 
would  wear ;  we  must  suffer  with  Jesus 
if  we  would  be  glorified  with  him.  Our 
Christian  course  in  this  world  begins  with 
our  Lord's  victory ;  our  own  lies  at  the 
end.  The  crown  of  our  redemption  already 
adorns  the  Redeemer's  brow ;  our  own  is 
laid  up,  not  to  be  bestowed  upon  any  one 
until  he  can  say,  "  I  have  fought  the  good 
fight" — not  I  am  fighting  it,  but  I  have 
fought  it — "  I  have  finished  my  course;  I 
have  kept  the  faith." 

In  this  life-long  conflict  of  our  own  we 
find  the  full  value  of  that  highest  character 
of  Christian  faith  which  makes  it  a  reli- 
ance upon  the  all-sufficiency  of  Christ. 
Here  it  becomes  to  us  incitement,  support, 
endurance  and  the  substance  of  the  victory 
to  come.  The  greatness  and  glory  of  its 
achievements  reveal  the  sublime  greatness 
of  the  grace  itself.     We  see  it  in  the  ex- 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  73 

amples  already  referred  to,  recorded  in 
Hebrews  xi. — examples  which  are  not  to 
be  thrown  out  as  irrelevant  to  Christian 
faith  because  they  were  anterior  to  the 
great  Christian  sacrifice,  for  all  the  power 
of  grace  in  our  world  before  the  actual 
occurrence  of  Christ's  earthly  mission  was 
substantially  the  power  of  the  cross. 
True,  it  was  darkly,  and  only  in  expecta- 
tion such;  but  from  the  hour  of  the  prom- 
ise that  the  seed  of  the  woman  should 
bruise  the  serpent's  head,  the  power  of 
Christ  resting  in  his  people  has  been  the 
only  effective  antagonism  to  sin — the  only 
support  of  the  patience  of  the  saints.  And 
so,  astonished  at  the  magnitude  of  the 
grace  which  can  thus  appropriate  this 
power,  we  read  how  faith  girded  men  of 
God  to  subdue  kingdoms,  work  righteous- 
ness, obtain  promises,  stop  the  mouths  of 
lions,  quench  the  violence  of  fire,  escape 
the  edge  of  the  sword  and  to  turn  to  flight 
the,  armies  of  the  aliens.     We  read  how 

7 


74  UPWAKD. 

they  were  sustained  by  its  strength,  while, 
not  accepting  deliverance,  they  were 
stoned,  were  sawn  asunder,  were  tempted, 
were  slain  with  the  sword,  or  while, 
driven  from  society  and  from  employment 
because  of  their  fidelity  to  Grod,  they  wan- 
dered about  in  sheepskins  and  goatskins, 
being  destitute,  afflicted,  tormented — 
wandered  in  deserts  and  mountains  and 
dens  and  caves  of  the  earth. 

These  are  not  to  be  passed  off  as  the 
characteristics  of  the  earlier  times  of  the 
Church,  or  a  type  of  consecration  which 
belonged  only  to  the  martyr  ages.  It  is,' 
in  more  or  less  measure,  the  one  faith  of 
all  the  children  of  our  King ;  and  such  it 
will  remain  until  all  who  wear  it  as  their 
armor  in  the  conflict  have  passed  over  to 
the  land  of  the  conquerors.  No  genera- 
tion passes  without  furnishing  illustrious 
examples  of  its  power  for  support  and 
comfort,  for  faithful  action  on  the  field, 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  75 

and  for  calm  endurance  and  assured  hope 
in  the  floods. 

We  see  one  making  an  open  profession 
of  the  name  of  Christ.  We  know  his 
history,  his  social  relations  and  his  con- 
stitutional temperament,  and  we  know 
the  conflict  of  spirit  which  must  grow  out 
of  them.  We  see  him  rising  above  the 
natural  timidity  of  his  shrinking  nature, 
and  above  the  social  influences  which  are 
in  active  array  against  his  resolved 
consecration  to  Jesus.  We  see  him  walk 
with  unblenching  brow  abreast  of  oblo- 
quy and  reproach — in  fact  abreast  of  every 
feeling  within,  and  every  influence  with- 
out, to  which  his  nature  was  once  accus- 
tomed to  yield.  His  resolution  conquers 
all ;  he  forsakes  all  to  follow  Christ. 
What  does  it  mean?  It  is  the  victory 
that  overcometh  the  world,  even  his 
faith.  We  next  watch  the  progression  of 
his  Christian  life.  All  the  influences 
around  him — social,  financial,  political,  or 


76  UPWAKD. 

any  way  affecting  what  are  seemingly  his 
worldly  interest — suggest  a  lax  piety,  and 
invite  to  compromises  with  the  world. 
They  seem  to  lie  in  the  direction  of  the 
friendship  of  the  world,  which  is  enmity 
with  God.  They  frown  upon  a  religion 
of  open  and  earnest  fidelity  to  Christ  and 
his  truth,  and  propose  in  its  place  a  re- 
tiring and  non-aggressive  piety.  But 
we  see  him,  out  of  his  warm  heart  for 
Jesus,  breaking  through  every  snare 
spread  across  his  pilgrim  path,  and  in  all 
duty,  in  the  sight  of  men,  taking  up  his 
cross  of  doing  and  enduring  for  Christ. 
We  see  in  him  the  spirit  of  constant  com- 
munion with  God,  the  daily  crucifixion 
of  inbred  lusts,  the  living  down  of  cor- 
rupt desires  and  unholy  affections,  and 
growing  heavenly-mindedness  and  ripe- 
ness for  heaven.  Again  we  inquire  how 
all  this  comes :  we  meet  the  same  answer 
— it  is  the  victory  of  faith  over  the  world. 
We  see  another.     He  is  a  young  man 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  77 

— the  son  in  a  home  where  there  is  purity, 
refinement  and  wealth.  He  is  bound  to 
that  home  by  the  tenderest  love.  But  he 
turns  thoughtfully  and  resolutely  away 
from  its  endearments,  because  from  the 
far-off  homes  of  sin  he  has  heard  the 
cry,  "Come  over  and  help  us!"  We 
read  his  reply  to  the  Missionary  Board, 
who  have  inquired  what  his  wishes  con- 
cerning a  location  are :  "  When  I  gave 
myself  to  Christ,  I  did  it  unconditionally. 
In  like  manner  I  give  myself  to  this 
work.  As  regards  my  place  of  labor,  I 
have  no  wish  but  to  obey  the  call  of  God. 
If  in  the  great  world,  which  must  all  be 
brought  in  for  Christ,  there  are  places  of 
peculiar  unpleasantness  and  exposure,  I 
would  not  presumptuously  seek  them, 
but  if  the  providence  of  God  point  the 
way  thither,  I  would  say,  '  Speak,  Lord ; 
thy  servant  heareth.'  Christ  has  done 
more  for  me  than  I  can  ever  do  for  him. 
My  prayer  is,  that  I  may,  more  and  more, 

7* 


78  UPWARD. 

make  it  my  meat  and  drink  to  do  his 
will." 

There  is  still  another — a  toiler  in  a 
humbler  field,  but  useful  in  inverse  ratio 
to  its  lowliness.  We  see  her  in  the  by- 
ways of  our  cities,  or  among  the  wilds  of 
our  country,  with  Bibles  and  tracts  in  her 
hand  and  prayer  in  her  heart,  going  from 
house  to  house,  inquiring  for  the  welfare 
of  souls,  bowing  meekly  under  abuse, 
bearing  with  the  hardened,  instructing 
the  anxious,  and  cheering  the  neglected 
with  thoughts  of  Christ  here  and  heaven 
in  sight.  She  has  voluntarily  chosen  a 
path  which  leads  away  from  public 
honors.  Hers  is  an  unobserved  work. 
But  where  she  walks  the  footsteps  of  the 
Holy  Spirit  are  seen.  In  many  dark 
corners  of  the  land,  she  has  been,  and 
when  she  had  gone  people  thought  of  her 
visits,  and  then  thought  of  better  things, 
for  they  felt  that  Grod  had  been  with  them. 

Subsequent    articles    will    exhibit  the 


THE   VICTORY   THAT   OVERCOMETH.  79 

power  of  this  victory  which  overcomes  the 
word,  amid  other  fields  of  the  Christian 
conflict,  especially  in  sorrow,  suffering 
and  death ;  and  in  all  it  will  be  found,  as 
the  hiding  of  its  power,  that  it  bears  the 
character  already  ascribed  to  it — a  reli- 
ance on  the  all-sufficiency  of  Christ.  In 
every  phase  and  every  turning  period 
in  this  conflict,  in  all  those  strifes  within 
the  heart  known  only  to  itself  and  God, 
in  bearing  the  cross  of  the  holy  activities 
of  religion,  and  in  receiving  the  whole 
baptism  of  sorrow  which  the  heavenly 
Father  appoints,  the  truth  is  made  good, 
that  "  this  is  the  victory  that  overcometh 
the  world,  even  our  faith."  From  the 
hour  of  spiritual  conversion  to  that  of  the 
final  departure  for  glory,  it  is  a  faithful 
and  joyous  truth — how  joyous,  can  never 
be  told  in  the  language  of  earth. 


VII. 

ASSURANCE. 

FIRST — A   LAWFUL   EXPECTATION. 

fHE  fountain  of  joy  which  the  Saviour 
has  opened  for  his  friends  is  full  and 
j  overflowing.  Why,  then,  should  they 
stint  themselves  when  they  come  to  it  for 
supplies  ?  Why  not  believe  the  full 
value  of  the  boon,  and  honor  the  bene- 
factor by  accepting  his  generosity  pre- 
cisely as  it  is  offered?  The  believer 
remembers  how  it  was  with  him  on  the 
deserts  of  sin,  with  no  cooling  spring  at 
hand.  He  remembers  the  thirst  which 
nothing  in  those  arid  regions  could  as- 
suage. He  knew — for  it  was  a  felt  ex- 
perience— that  his  soul  must  drink  or 
die ;  and  what  had  all  this  world  of  sin  to 

80 


ASSURANCE.  81 

offer  for  the  relief  of  such  anguish  ?  That 
which,  in  the  distance,  seemed  a  refresh- 
ing water,  was  found,  on  a  near  approach, 
to  be  a  deceitful  mirage;  and  what 
could  he  do  ? 

A  fountain  was  opened  for  sin  and  un- 
cleanness.  The  voice  of  eternal  Mercy 
cried,  "  Ho,  to  the  waters!"  He  listened; 
he  approached,  knelt  and  bathed  his 
parched  lips  in  the  river  of  salvation. 
Fresh  from  such  an  experience  of  the 
pangs  of  sin,  it  ill  behooves  him  to  disdain 
the  relief  from  all  its  terrors  which  is 
offered  in  the  full  assurance  that  his  sins 
are  forgiven,  and  that,  through  the  grace 
which  completes  what  it  begins,  he,  en- 
during to  the  end,  shall  be  saved. 

This  ground  is  generally  approached 
with  the  most  solemn  caution  by  the 
truest  Christians.  So  it  should  be.  Fools 
only  would  "rush  in"  here.  Concerning 
the  matter  of  personal  salvation,  the 
loftiest  hope  to  which  some  dare  aspire 


82  UPWARD. 

consists  in  a  sweet  reconciliation  to  all 
the  judgments  of  God,  and  a  willingness 
to  leave  their  souls  at  his  disposal.  With 
the  king  of  Israel  they  say,  "  Let  us  fall 
now  into  the  hands  of  the  Lord,  for  his 
mercies  are  great."  The  language  of  such 
submission  is  substantially  this :  I  am  a 
guilty  sinner,  hopeless  except  from  the 
mercy  of  God  in  Christ  Jesus.  Without 
Christ  for  my  Advocate  and  Saviour  from 
wrath,  I  cannot  stand  a  moment  in  judg- 
ment with  God.  Out  of  him,  I  am  a 
doomed  victim  of  eternal  justice.  All 
that  I  can  do  is  to  renounce  sin  with 
loathing,  yield  myself  to  Christ  as  my 
Mediator  with  God,  and  then  strive  to 
walk  in  newness  of  life.  As  far  as  I 
know  my  own  heart,  I  give  myself  to  the 
Saviour  upon  his  own  terms,  and,  God 
being  my  helper,  I  will  consecrate  my 
ability  for  usefulness  and  myself  to  him. 
I  can  do  no  more ;  and  in  the  daily  doing 
of  this  I  am  willing  to  leave  all  else  with 


ASSURANCE.  83 

God.  The  Judge  of  all  the  earth  will  do 
right.  My  care  shall  terminate  in  the 
question,  What  am  I  to  do?  and  God 
shall  then  do  what  he  pleases  with  me. 

This  experience  reveals  an  evangelical 
and  pleasant  state  of  mind.  It  speaks 
sweet  submission  to  the  Divine  govern- 
ment, supreme  consecration  to  the  work 
of  God,  and  confidence  that  the  mercy  of 
the  atonement  will  be  rightly  exercised. 
Happy  are  those  who  can  expose  such  a 
heart  to  the  scrutiny  of  the  heart-search- 
ing Spirit !  But  the  question  whether  this 
experience,  submissive  and  trusting  as  it 
is,  comes  up  to  the  proper  measure  of  a 
Christian  hope  depends  upon  the  answer 
to  this  further  inquiry,  Is  it  all  the  attain- 
ment which  God  now  proposes  to  his 
friends?  When  it  is  reached,  is  the 
mission  of  the  Comforter,  as  described  in 
the  New  Testament,  fulfilled  ?  The  soul, 
escaping  from  the  gloom  and  sorrow  of 
sin,  should  seek  the  choicest  repose  which 


84  UPWARD. 

the  mercy  of  God  provides.  While  seek- 
ing our  bliss  from  the  comforts  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  nothing  is  enough,  while  the 
way  is  open  for  the  enjoyment  of  more. 
Inferior  attainments  are  vantage-grounds, 
upon  which  we  should  stand  and  gird 
ourselves  to  reach  unto  those  things  which 
are  before. 

We  certainly  read  of  "  the  full  assurance 
of  hope." 

No  attempted  exposition  has  ever  been 
able  to  give  to  those  words  any  other  than 
their  most  natural  meaning — an  entire 
confidence  of  possessing  a  present  and  eter- 
nal interest  in  the  blessings  of  the  atone- 
ment. This  assured  hope  is  the  offspring 
of  faith.  That  faith  rests  in  the  Promiser 
as  true,  and  then  in  the  promises  as  ap- 
plying specifically  to  the  believer. 

A  man  holds  a  bank-note.  He  first 
inquires  respecting  the  character  of  the 
bank,  and  becomes  satisfied  that  it  may 
be  relied  on  for  the  redemption  of  its 


ASSUKANCE.  85 

paper.  This  resembles  that  first  degree 
of  confidence  in  God,  which  regards  his 
provision  for  saving  all  who  in  true  faith 
receive  Christ,  as  full  and  certain  to  be 
carried  out.  In  this  confidence  a  man 
may  doubt  whether  he  is  himself  a  subject 
of  that  provision,  but  he  has  no  doubt  that 
every  promise  of  God  will  be  fulfilled. 

The  holder  of  the  bank-note  next  in- 
quires into  the  genuineness  of  the  particu- 
lar bill  in  his  hand.  If  on  examination 
it  does  not  prove  a  counterfeit,  then  he 
feels  assured  that  he  holds  the  promise 
of  the  bank  to  himself  and  he  expects  to 
enjoy  the  personal  benefit  of  that  promise, 
So  the  Christian's  faith  in  the  general 
promises  of  redeeming  mercy  ripens  to 
the  full  assurance  of  hope  when  he  en- 
joys a  sufficiency  of  evidence  that  these 
promises  apply  specifically  to  his  own  case, 
as  one  who  comes  properly  within  the 
provisions  of  the  covenant  of  redemption. 
For  then  the  promises  of  that  covenant 


86  UPWARD. 

are  to  Jiim  personally  a  pledge. of  salva- 
tion.* 

Far  be  it  from  us  to  regard  personal 
safety  from  final  wrath  as  the  ultimate 
object  of  Christian  ambition.  The  sanc- 
tified heart  looks  beyond  all  the  benefits 
of  the  cross  to  the  creatures  of  God,  and 
rejoices  with  unspeakable  joy  while  it  be- 
holds all  these  lesser  results  conspiring 
to  bring  glory  to  Glod,  through  the  service 
and  everlasting  bliss  of  a  redeemed  peo- 
ple. And  that  is  a  precious  faith  which 
enables  the  Christian,  while  consecrating 
himself  to  the  whole  work  laid  to  his 
hands,  to  resolve  all  desires  for  himself 
into   acquiescence    in    the    Divine   will. 

*  The  illustration  from  the  bank-note  is  suggested  by  Dr. 
Thomas  Scott,  who,  in  his  Commentary,  adopts  a  present  and 
full  assurance  of  a  saving  interest  in  Christ  as  the  meaning 
of  the  apostle  in  Hebrews  vi.  11.  He  regards  the  "assur- 
rance  of  faith"  not  "hope"  mentioned  in  Hebrews  x.  22,  as 
amounting  only  to  the  confidence  of  the  bill-holder  in  the 
responsibility  of  the  bank.  The  question  whether  this  is  not 
too  close  a  limitation  of  that  faith  is  not  pertinent  to  the 
present  work. 


ASSURANCE.  87 

Still,  the  casting  out  of  fear  is  essential  to 
the  highest  enjoyment  of  the  hope  of 
heaven.  Until  we  feel  our  views  settled 
respecting  our  own  standing  in  Christ,  it 
is  hardly  possible  to  conceive  of  such  a 
submission  as  leaves  no  room  for  the 
anxious  inquiry,  What  will  be  the  issue 
of  the  Divine  will  in  mv  case?  It  would 
seem  as  if  such  a  question  must  agitate 
even  the  saint  in  glory,  notwithstanding- 
all  his  confidence  in  the  Divine  rectitude, 
if  there  were  really  any  uncertainty  about 
his  eternal  continuance  in  that  world. 
It  is  true  he  might  be  quietly  submissive 
— perhaps  in  the  main  happily  submis- 
sive— but  could  he  close  his  bosom  against 
fear?  Yet  fear  must  be  expelled  before 
the  soul  will  find  perfect  peace  in  Christ, 
"  because  fear  hath  torment." 

When  God,  for  the  quickening  of  our 
piety,  spreads  before  us  the  joyous  things 
of  religion,  he  does  not  refer  us  to  quiet 
submission  alone.     He  exhibits  HOPE  as 


88  UPWARD. 

an  anchor  fastening  the  soul  to  moorings 
within  the  veil,  and  he  tells  of  strong 
consolation  for  those  who  have  fled  to  the 
refuge  of  this  hope.  The  vessel  anchored 
in  the  stream  is  moved  by  the  winds 
and  tides,  but  whichever  way  she  is  blown 
or  drifted,  her  prow  turns  always  toward 
the  spot  to  which  she  is  fastened.  The 
tempest  which  disturbs  the  waters  where 
she  rides  never  turns  her  eyes  from  the 
place  where  her  anchor  is  fastened. 

So  we  lie  in  the  stream  of  time,  await- 
ing the  appointed  hour  to  spread  our 
sails  for  the  ocean  of  eternity.  God 
means  that,  in  the  interval,  our  hope, 
"  as  an  anchor  of  the  soul,  both  sure  and 
steadfast,  and  which  entereth  into  that 
within  the  veil,"  shall  keep  our  attention 
delightfully  engaged  on  what  awaits  us 
there.  He  has  given  the  "  hope  of  salva- 
tion" to  be  the  helmet  of  the  Christian 
warrior,  that  in  all  his  conflicts  with  fear 
within   and   fightings   without,   he    may 


ASSURANCE.  89 

"  rejoice  in  hope  of  the  glory  of  God," 
and  be  refreshed  and  assured  of  final 
victory.  It  will  be  sad  for  him,  if  he 
allows  the  popular  prejudice  against  the 
"  full  assurance  of  hope"  to  score  down 
this  grace  to  any  lesser  power  for  conso- 
lation than  that  with  which  God  has 
clothed  it. 

But  the  question  whether  assurance  is, 
in  the  present  life,  a  fairly  attainable 
grace,  and  therefore  a  lawful  object  of  ex- 
pectation, is  best  answered  by  referring 
to  what  has  actually  occurred.  When  a 
man  of  God  said,  "  I  know  that  my  Re- 
deemer liveth,"  and  then  added  the  ex- 
plicit expression  of  his  perfect  confidence 
that  he  should  see  him  with  joy  in  the 
resurrection,  he  spoke  words  to  which  we 
can  attach  but  one  meaning.  He  had 
the  "full  assurance  of  hope."  The  lan- 
guage of  another  Bible  saint  is  also  un- 
equivocal :  "I  am  persuaded  that  neither 
death,  nor   life,   nor  angels,   nor  princi- 

8  * 


90  UPWARD. 

palities,  nor  powers,  nor  things  present, 
nor  things  to  come,  nor  height,  nor  depth, 
nor  any  other  creature,  shall  be  able  to 
separate  us  from  the  love  of  God,  which 
is  in  Christ  Jesus  our  Lord."  The  beauty 
of  this  assurance  again  glows  from  another 
earnest  testimony  from  the  same  Chris- 
tian :  "I  am  now  ready  to  be  offered,  and 
the  time  of  my  departure  is  at  hand.  I 
have  fought  a  good  fight ;  I  have  finished 
my  course  ;  I  have  kept  the  faith  ;  hence- 
forth there  is  laid  up  for  me  a  crown  of 
righteousness,  which  the  Lord,  the  right- 
eous Judge,  shall  give  me  at  that  day." 

These  experiences  are  of  unmistakable 
import,  and  they  are  examples  of  many 
others  recorded  with  evident  approval  by 
the  Spirit  of  inspiration.  In  relating 
them,  no  care  is  used  to  guard  the  lan- 
guage with  any  such  qualifying  terms  as 
might  warn  the  reader  against  making 
their  meaning  too  positive.  The  relator 
does  not  even  suggest  that  his  feelings 


ASSURANCE.  91 

are  peculiar  or  rare,  but  he  speaks  of 
what  he  enjoys  as  we  now  speak  of  com- 
mon graces.  So  when  the  Apostle  John 
tells  his  brethren  that,  by  loving  in  deed 
and  truth,  they  shall  assure  their  hearts 
before  God,  he  passes  on  without  pausing 
to  modify  or  explain  his  words.  He  does 
not  seem  to  think  that  he  is  wandering 
so  far  from  the  common  track  of  Chris- 
tian experience  that  what  he  says  will 
be  obscure  or  surprising.  Peter  offered 
no  apology  for  presuming  to  appeal  to 
the  omniscience  of  his  Lord  for  the  cer- 
tainty of  his  love.  It  is  evident  that, 
when  these  things  were  spoken,  the  cold 
warning  to  beware  of  expecting  too  much 
had  not  gone  abroad.  With  Christians, 
the  full  assurance  of  hope  unto  the  end 
appears  to  have  been  a  mark  for  attain- 
ment too  common  and  too  well  under- 
stood to  require  explanation. 

It  is  here  worthy  of  notice  that  the 
"  glimmering"  and  half-established  hope 


92  UPWARD. 

is  nowhere  in  the  Bible  set  up  as  the 
mark  of  Christian  lowliness  of  mind  or 
of  the  evangelical  feeling  of  ill-desert. 
The  notion  which  associates  them  is  a  man- 
begotten  one,  if  not  worse.  It  is  a  notion 
which  fails  to  take  into  account  the  blood 
of  Jesus  as  prevailing  against  all  the  un- 
worthiness  of  the  believer.  The  Holy 
Scriptures  often  enjoin  upon  Christians 
to  cherish  lowly  views  of  themselves, 
and  we  read  much  of  this  in  the  experi- 
ence of  New  Testament  saints ;  but  very 
rarely  do  we  read  of  one  of  them  as 
cherishing  any  doubt  of  his  acceptance 
with  God.  We  now  hear  so  much  of 
these  doubts,  as  a  thing  to  be  expected  in 
our  religious  experience,  that  it  would  sur- 
prise many  readers  to  observe  how  rarefy 
the  Word  of  Grod  makes  any  allusion  to 
them.  True — and  to  this  we  shall  soon 
more  distinctly  refer — it  enjoins  earnest 
self-examination ;  it  warns  us  earnestly 
of   the    perils    of    presumption,   and   it 


ASSURANCE.  93 

reveals  the  fearful  fact  that  many  are  ex- 
pecting heaven  who  will  never  reach  that 
world.  But  the  Holy  Spirit  has  never 
taught  us  to -infer  from  this  awful  truth 
that  the  hope  of  assurance  is  a  dangerous 
object  of  ambition  ;  neither  does  our  com- 
mon sense  require  any  such  conclusion. 
In  the  New  Testament  we  read  much  of 
false  professors,  but  we  read  almost  noth- 
ing of  doubting  or  gloomy  Christians. 
All  its  language  betrays  the  expectation 
that  the  sons  of  God  will  be  the  children 
of  peace  and  joy — that  they  wall  know 
their  living  Redeemer,  and,  looking  upon 
heaven  as  their  own,  will  ever  pursue 
their  pilgrim  march  thither  under  un- 
clouded skies. 

The  doubt  of  acceptance  obtains  all  its 
show  of  modesty  from  that  forced  asso- 
ciation with  Christian  lowliness  of  mind 
which  has  been  named.  Removed  from 
this  arbitrary  association,  it  stands  forth 
as  unamiable  in  itself,  as  it  is  unlike  the 


94  UPWARD. 

sons  of  God.  If  it  arises  from  a  dis- 
covery of  past  sin,  it  betrays  imperfect 
views  of  the  nature  and  power  of  redemp- 
tion. If  it  results  from  an  unsettled 
feeling  respecting  the  question  whether 
we  have  come  within  the  terms  of  mercy, 
it  exhibits  the  soul  lingering  over  an  in- 
quiry which  ought  to  be  answered  one 
way  or  the  other.  It  holds  its  victim  to 
a  point  from  which  he  ought  to  remove 
at  once.  If  it  arises  from  any  appre- 
hension respecting  the  security  of  the 
eternal  covenant  of  redemption,  it  is  next 
to  infidelity.  In  any  point  of  view,  a 
cherished  doubt  wrars  against  the  Chris- 
tian's peace  and  holiness,  and  thrusts  itself 
between  the  believer  and  his  Saviour. 

Two  things  have  chilled  the  ambition 
of  many  who  should  now  be  living  in 
one  joy  of  assurance.  One  is  the  fear  of 
vain  glory :  the  other,  the  disgust  with 
which  they  have  looked  upon  some 
miserable  professions  of  this  attainment. 


ASSURANCE.  95 

But  it  should  be  remembered  that  the 
belief  of  possessing  large  measures  of 
Divine  influence  makes  only  hypocrites 
proud.  Such  there  always  have  been, 
and  will  be  for  long  years  to  come.  It 
pleases  Grod  to  try  his  own  children,  by 
allowing  such  persons  to  expose  religion 
to  shame ;  and  the  endurance  of  this  re- 
proach is  a  part  of  the  patience  of  the 
saints.  Great  sanctity  and  positive  hopes, 
with-  no  better  evidence  than  "  Thus  I 
feel"  or,  "  Thus  I  was  told  in  a  vision  with 
a  great  flood  of  light"  will  be  professed 
by  men  who  afford  no  rational  proof  of 
one  godly  exercise.  Such  persons  will  be 
proud,  vain  boasters,  whose  influence  will 
mortify  Christians  and  subject  the  cause 
of  Christ  to  disaster. 

But  when  the  Redeemer's  true  friends 
allow  themselves  to  trifle  with  valuable 
privileges  because  these  empty  boasts  are 
so  loathsome,  they  give  to  bad  men  a 
power  over  their  own  experience  which 


96  UPWARD. 

properly  belongs  to  the  Holy  Spirit  alone. 
They  allow  sinners  to  prescribe  the  meas- 
ure of  their  own  attainments.  There  is 
nothing  in  grace  to  make  its  subject  vain- 
glorious. We  scandalize  the  Spirit  when 
we  shrink  from  accepting  its  highest  com- 
forts through  fear  that  they  will  turn  us 
into  silly  braggarts.  Standing  in  Christ, 
where  alone  undeserving  sinners  enjoy 
the  hopes  of  the  covenant,  deeper  hu- 
mility results  from  each  fresh  discovery 
of  God's  favor  to  us.  As  grace  after 
grace,  poured  without  stint  into  the  soul, 
brings  out  the  cry,  "  What  peace!  what 
bliss!"  it  just  as  inevitably  awakens  the 
reflection,  "  Upon  how  unworthy  an  object 
is  it  bestowed!"  No  others  are  so  sure  of 
God's  eternal  love  as  the  already  glori- 
fied spirits :  no  others,  with  so  profound 
a  disclaiming  of  personal  worthiness,  look- 
ing up  to  the  enthroned  Redeemer, 

"  Spread  their  trophies  at  his  feet, 
And  crown  him  Lord  of  all." 


VIII. 

ASSURANCE. 
SECOND — THE   WITNESS   OF   THE   SPIRIT. 

'V'O  inspired  writer's  language  bears 
A  more  the  appearance  of  well-con- 
^J  sidered  meaning  than  that  of  Paul. 
There  is  no  reason  for  divesting  the  term 
of  its  exact  sense,  when  he  says  to  the 
Corinthian  brethren  (2d  Epist.  chap,  v.), 
"  We  know  that  if  our  earthly  house  of 
this  tabernacle  were  dissolved,  Ave  have  a 
building  of  God,  a  house  not  made  with 
hands,  eternal  in  the  heavens."  No  other 
insight  which  his  epistles  afford  to  his 
experience  will  justify  us  in  grading  this 
confidence  as  a  merely  comparative  one, 
or  anything  less  than  absolute. 

9  G  97 


98  UPWARD. 

And  yet  our  knowledge  of  him  and  of 
ourselves — of  him  as  one  of  ourselves — 
forbids  the  thought  that  this  assurance 
was  the  product  of  his  own  mind',  or  was 
reached  through  his  own  ordinary  reason- 
ing faculties  alone.  The  power  is  not  in 
us  to  come  to  so  certain  a  conclusion  con- 
cerning our  moral  condition.  Our  self- 
consciousness,  our  judgment  and  our 
faculties  throughout  are  too  finite,  too  in- 
firm and  too  often  convicted  of  mistake 
to  render  a  confidence  thus  begotten  any- 
thing less  than  a  daring  presumption. 
To  be  in  any  of  us  what  it  was  in 
Paul,  it  must  be  something  of  communi- 
cation to  our  minds,  something  brought  in, 
something  wrought  into  a  certainty  by 
the  Infallible  Mind,  and  communicated 
to  ours  with  the  Divine  signature.  We 
need  no  more  lucid  description  of  this 
wonderful  revelation  than  that  in  Romans 
viii.  16,  written  also  by  Paul :  "  The 
Spirit  itself    beareth    witness    with   our 


ASSURANCE.  99 

spirit,    that     we    are    the    children    of 
God." 

Turning  again  to  the  assurance  ex- 
pressed in  the  first  quotation  above,  and 
reading  a  little  farther,  we  find  the  sup- 
port to  which  this  "  we  know"  is  fastened. 
"  Now  he  that  hath  wrought  us  for  the 
selfsame  thing  is  God,  who  also  hath  given 
unto  us  the  earnest  of  the  Spirit.  There- 
fore we  are  always  confident."  In  the 
earnest  of  a  possession  there  are  involved 
the  two  elements  of  some  present  fore- 
taste and  an  expectation  of  the  future  en- 
joyment of  the  whole.  Such  was  the 
cluster  of  grapes  brought  by  the  spies 
from  Canaan  to  the  anxious  multitude  in 
the  wilderness.  It  assured  the  people 
that  Canaan  was  no  fiction ;  that  there 
lay  the  land  to  which  God  was  leading 
them  ;  and  it  gave  them  a  foretaste  of  its 
fruits.  So  while  the  Comforter  gives  to 
the  believer's  soul  the  expectation  of 
future  glory,  it  brings  down  many  ante- 


100  UPWAKD. 

pasts  of  the  joy  which  there  awaits  him — 
"  celestial  fruits  on  earthly  ground." 

But  let  us  not,  because  of  the  commu- 
nicative origin  of  the  hope  of  assurance, 
make  it  too  exclusively  miraculous,  or  re- 
lease our  reasoning  powers  from  all  duty 
concerning  it,  and  straiten  it  to  an  opera- 
tion on  the  feelings  alone.  God  meant 
that  the  testimony  of  the  Spirit  should 
join  in  with  some  co-operating  power 
within  us  for  reaching  conclusions.  The 
Spirit  must  bear  witness  with  our  spirit 
— a  conference  of  testimony — and  thus  the 
conclusion  be  made  satisfying  to  us.  But 
if  satisfying,  it  must  be  something  that 
is  explicit.  We  are  not  to  become  mere 
imbeciles  in  the  act  of  casting  ourselves 
with  unbounded  reliance  upon  hopes  for 
the  eternal  world;  but  what  less  are  we 
if  we  utterly  discard  the  reflective  facul- 
ties, and  venture  all  upon  the  impressions 
of  the  moment?  There  are  other  spirits 
besides  that  of  God  which  have  power 


ASSUKANCE.  101 

to  impress  the  human  feelings.  It  would 
be  a  criminal  folly  to  stake  a  hope  of  sal- 
vation upon  the  bare  fact  that  something 
brought  the  word  to  our  hearts  that  all 
is  well.  In  commanding  us  to  "try  the 
spirits,  whether  they  are  of  Grod,"  our 
heavenly  Father  has  not  left  us  without 
the  means  of  subjecting  the  work  of  his 
own  Spirit  to  the  scrutiny  of  the  common 
rules  of  evidence.  He  allows  the  opera- 
tions of  the  Spirit  to  be  examined  in  the 
light  of  our  understanding,  at  least  so  far 
as  to  enable  us,  when  satisfied  that  we 
really  enjoy  its  earnest,  "to  give  an  an- 
swer to  every  man  that  asketh  a  reason 
of  the  hope  that  is  in  us." 

There  is  here  no  inconsistency  with  the 
higher  truth  that  there  are  transactions 
between  the  Divine  Spirit  and  the  soul 
which  can  never  come  under  human 
modes  of  explanation.  The  things  of 
Christ  ^are  showed  to  the  divinely-illu- 
minated heart  with    ineffable   clearness 

9* 


102  UPWARD. 

and  by  a  process  which  cannot  be  de- 
scribed. The  Spirit's  witness  for  the  be- 
liever that  he  is  a  child  of  God  is  im- 
mediate with  his  own  spirit.  The  earnest 
of  heaven  which  it  affords  consists  in 
the  direct  communication  of  celestial  views 
to  his  mind  and  the  feelings  of  the  glo- 
rified to  his  heart. 

Yet  even  this  spiritual  intercourse  is  not 
through  vague  impressions,  which  admit 
of  no  external  proof  of  their  genuineness. 
The  Spirit  performs  other  offices  which 
the  understanding  can  estimate  ;  and  that 
part  of  his  work  which  is  observable  is 
made  an  indispensable  evidence  that  we 
are  under  his  power.  He  is  the  author  of 
the  word  of  divine  inspiration.  In  that 
volume  of  revelation  the  Spirit  describes 
the  way  by  which  a  sinner  comes  to  Christ : 
Did  we  come  by  that  new  and  living  way  ? 
There  he  convinces  of  sin :  Have  our 
souls  bowed  in  sorrow  under  the  burden 
of  guilt  ?     He  convinces  of  righteousness 


ASSURANCE.  103 

and  of  judgment :  In  the  light  of  God's 
holy  government  have  we  sought  our 
justification  in  Christ  alone,  and  have  we 
fled  to  his  atonement  for  refuge  from  final 
wrath  ?  The  Spirit  exhibits  a  list  of  Chris- 
tian characteristics  which  afford  evidence 
of  his  work  in  the  heart :  Are  these  fruits 
found  in  our  own  character  and  lives  ? 
As  men,  are  we  honest,  unselfish,  self- 
controlling,  gentle,  and  faithful  to  the 
calls  of  humanity?  As  Christians,  are 
we  prayerful,  humble,  crucified  to  the 
world,  free  to  meet  the  calls  upon  our 
Christian  benevolence,  self-denying  in 
our  Saviour's  service,  in  sympatic  with 
the  institutions  of  the  Church,  in  love 
with  the  brethren  and  walking  with 
God?  Is  this  frame  of  mind  habitual, 
and  is  it  developed  in  our  common  in- 
tercourse with  the  world  ? 

The  list  of  rational  evidences  might  be 
extended  much  farther.  They  are  tests 
which  the  Spirit  itself  has  furnished  in 


104  UPWARD. 

its  own  book  of  truth  and  duty.  It  bears 
its  testimony  for  them,  that  they  are  true, 
gracious  traits.  By  spreading  before  us 
so  many  comprehensible  points  for  self- 
examination,  it  affords  such  witness  of 
piety  in  the  soul  as  the  common  judgment 
can  approve.  When  through  the  truth  it 
has  borne  such  testimony  toward  sustain- 
ing a  hope  of  heaven,  the  way  is  prepared 
to  accept  without  distrust  the  higher  wit- 
ness which  it  bears  with  the  heart.  The 
internal  impression  is  then  known  as 
true,  because  the  Spirit  has  been  tried, 
and  has  been  found  to  speak  as  God 
speaks  in  his  revealed  word.  The  union 
of  the  Spirit's  outward  rational  evidence 
and  its  inwrought  witness  with  the  be- 
liever's spirit  removes  the  last  vestige  of 
condemning  fear,  and  his  confidence  be- 
comes implicit  and  imperishable. 

An  assurance  gained  and  preserved 
only  upon  such  conditions  can  never 
admit  of  carelessness  respecting  self-ex- 


ASSURANCE.  105 

amination.  It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose 
that  self-examination  necessarily  implies 
the  existence  of  doubt.  There  is  no  evi- 
dence, either  from  the  Scriptures  in  con- 
nection or  from  any  other  source,  that 
Paul's  confidence  had  faltered,  when  he 
spoke  of  bringing  his  body  into  sub- 
jection, "  lest  by  any  means,  when  I  have 
preached  to  others,  I  myself  should  be  a 
castaway."  There  is  no  absurdity  in 
imagining  an  angel  often  looking  over 
the  tenure  by  which  he  holds  his  place 
in  Paradise,  and  deriving  pleasure  from 
reviewing  the  ground  on  which  he  stands. 
So  the  assured  Christian  will  consider  the 
experience  of  his  heart,  and  the  whole 
working  of  the  justifying  and  sanctifying 
grace  within  him,  to  be  refreshed  by  the 
Spirit's  approbation  of  it  all.  The  con- 
templation of  hopes  thus  sustained  in- 
volves the  review  of  all  the  evidences 
which  sustain  them.  The  assurance  of 
hope,  viewed  in  this  light,  secures  a  con- 


106  UPWARD. 

stant  heart-watch,  and  there  is  no  dan- 
ger that  its  enjoyment  will  render  self- 
examination  a  farce.  The  same  view 
removes  the  apprehension  that  it  will 
promote  carelessness  respecting  active 
duty.  It  is  maintained  in  duty,  and  the 
Spirit  lifts  up  its  accusing  voice  against 
every  sinful  neglect.  More  than  this, 
joy  and  love  are  stronger  incentives  to 
well-doing  than  fear.  The  more  these 
are  shed  abroad  in  the  soul,  so  much 
the  more  the  Christian  will  watch  and 
pray,  and  so  much  the  better  he  will 
live. 

Through  such  earnest  and  witness  the 
believer  learns  to  recognize  the  whispers 
of  the  Spirit  in  his  soul,  "  Be  of  good 
cheer;  thy  sins  be  forgiven  thee;"  "I 
have  called  thee  by  name;  thou  art 
mine."  Persuaded  that  this  unclouded 
expectation  of  heaven  is  a  real  and  at- 
tainable grace,  and  that,  when  possessed, 
it  imparts  more  celestial  joy  than  is  ever 


ASSURANCE.  107 

experienced  in  its  absence,  we  again  ask 
ourselves  why  we  should  abridge  the 
privilege  which  the  covenant  of  grace 
opens?  Whatever  heavenly  good  our 
Lord  sets  before  us,  he  wishes  us  to 
enjoy  and  expects  us  to  seek.  He  knows 
best  what  comforts  are  most  appropriate 
for  us  this  side  of  the  veil,  and  all  the 
repose  to  which  he  invites  us  is  safe. 

It  is  a  poor  satisfaction  to  be  told  that 
assurance  may  be  an  attainable  grace,  but 
it  is  not  to  be  expected  in  one  case  out  of 
a  thousand.  We  have  too  long  measured 
our  expectations  by  the  spiritual  experi- 
ence current  since  the  departure  of  the  in- 
tense consecration  of  primitive  Chris- 
tianity. We  look  back  to  the  times  of 
Jesus  on  earth  and  of  his  apostles,  and 
we  find  it  assumed  in  all  their  instruc- 
tions that  this  strong  consolation  was  to 
be  a  prevalent  solace  in  the  Church. 
Neither  do  we  find  comfort  in  being  told 
that  the  Christian  may  reach  this  assur- 


108  UPWARD. 

ance  before  he  dies,  but  if  so  it  is  proba- 
bly in  store  for  a  few  of  his  last  moments 
on  earth — the  dying  grace  for  a  dying 
hour.  Such  speculations  do  more  than 
chill  us  ;  they  seem  to  trifle  with  the  fixed 
arrangements  and  conditions  of  our  ex- 
istence. They  make  a  third  state  of 
being  between  the  present  and  the  eter- 
nal, as  if  the  last  moments  of  life  were 
not  subject  to  the  same  reason  and  laws 
of  evidence  with  those  which  preceded 
them.  It  is  true  that  God  has  peculiar 
consolations  for  seasons  of  peculiar  need ; 
and  this  fact  is  often  vividly  realized 
in  the  hour  when  heart  and  flesh  are 
failing.  But  nowhere  this  side  of  heaven 
are  we  to  expect  a  revelation  of  new 
principles  of  judgment  or  new  evidences 
of  piety,  beyond  those  which  are  now 
within  our  reach. 

Then  be  it  ours  to  find  our  highest 
rest  of  soul  where  others  have  found  it — 
rest  from   all    feeling   of   condemnation 


ASSURANCE.  109 

now,  and  all  apprehension  of  it  to  come, 

because    we    know    that   our    Redeemer 

liveth,  and  we  expect  to  be  satisfied  when 

we  awake  with  his  likeness. 
10 


IX. 

LOVE. 

FIRST THE   CHIEF   GRACE. 

'HOULD  we  look  no  farther  than  its 
power  for  joy  unspeakable  we  should 
still  unhesitatingly  adopt  the  apostle's 
grading,  which  ranks  love  as  the  highest 
in  the  triad  of  graces.  What  a  new 
world  of  holy  tranquillity  is  revealed  in 
the  experience  which  proves  that  "  there 
is  no  fear  in  love,  but  perfect  love  casteth 
out  fear,  because  fear  hath  torment!" 

The  influence  of  conscience  in  affording 

serenity  or  anguish  has  been  mentioned ; 

but  that  does  not  bring  us  up  to  the  mark 

of  the  power  of  our  affections  for  joy  or 

sorrow.     Peace  of  conscience  is  indeed  a 

delightful  attainment:  joy  to  the  recon- 
110 


LOVE.  Ill 

ciled  offender  who  can  lay  his  hand  on 
his  breast  and  say,  It  is  mine !  But  we 
must  rise  higher  than  that.  For  the  pain 
or  pleasure  which  flows  to  us  through  the 
working  of  the  natural  conscience  is  not 
inherent  in  the  faculty  itself.  Conscience 
is  simply  an  index  pointing  us  to  some- 
thing outside  of  itself,  as  the  occasion  of 
the  distress  or  comfort  which  it  gives. 
It  produces  remorse  or  peace,  not  by  draw- 
ing upon  its  own  nature,  but  by  assuring 
us  that  God  is  angry  or  complacent.  But 
the  affections  are,  in  themselves,  full  of 
joy  or  grief — a  well-spring  of  comfort  or 
a  boiling  sea  of  torment.  Love,  if  it  be 
right  and  happily  requited,  imparts  bliss 
from  its  own  nature.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  is  in  the  very  nature  of  improper  affec- 
tions to  produce  misery  in  the  heart 
which  cherishes  them. 

Selfishness  affords  a  striking  example 
of  this.  It  closes  the  heart  against  the 
noble  sentiment  of  universal  brotherhood 


112  TJPWAED. 

and  excites  bitter  envy  in  view  of  the 
happiness  of  others.  By  arraigning  the 
interest  of  its  subject  against  that  of  the 
rest  of  mankind,  it  keeps  him  on  the 
rack  of  apprehension,  where  he  trembles 
to  trust  any  of  his  kind.  Love,  that 
richest  treasure  of  the  heart,  is  exhausted 
in  self-interest ;  and  the  inevitable  conse- 
quence of  this  misapplying  of  affection 
is  seen  in  coldness  of  heart  and  sourness 
of  temper,  sometimes  concealed  under  a 
false  affability,  but  often  acted  out  in  un- 
disguised moroseness.  Here  is  displeas- 
ure in  the  happiness  of  others,  a  nervous 
dread  of  mankind,  a  locking  of  the  soul 
against  human  sympathy  and  an  asperity 
of  spirit,  expressed  by  unamiable  con- 
duct or  concealed  under  the  fretting 
mask  of  hypocrisy.  If  these  do  not  con- 
stitute a  life  of  pain,  then  rest  may  be 
enjoyed  on  a  bed  of  thorns. 

But  it  is  not  alone  in  the  bad  affections 
that  the  power  of  love  for  sorrow  as  well 


LOVE.  113 

as  joy  is  illustrated.  Those  human  fond- 
nesses which  are  lawful,  and,  in  them- 
selves, even  virtuous  and  adapted  to  the 
purest  earthly  joy,  often  become  the  very 
steepings  of  the  cup  of  anguish ;  and 
this  fact  suggests  one  of  the  most  vivid 
views  of  the  superior  excellence  of  that 
love  of  Grod  which  the  Spirit  sheds  abroad 
in  the  sanctified  heart — the  perfect  love 
which  casts  out  fear  and  has  no  torment. 
Look  at  one  who  has  expended  all  the 
fondness  of  a  true  and  trusting  heart 
upon  some  object  which  at  last  betrays 
the  adoring  love  which  it  has  secured, 
and  requites  a  long  and  earnest  attach- 
ment with  unfeeling  scorn.  The  first 
knowledge  of  this  perfidy  falls  like  a 
thunderbolt  on  the  heart,  and  it  is  often 
followed  by  consuming  grief  which  longs 
to  hide  itself  in  the  grave. 

And  even  where  love  is  well  placed 
and  well  requited  we  have  seen  mournful 

exemplications  of  the  same   truth,  that 

10  *  h 


114  UPWARD. 

the  purest  and  happiest  earthly  affections 
often  become  the  source  of  unspeakable  sor- 
row. The  dearest  human  delights  which 
the  fall  has  left  to  our  race  are  gathered 
around  the  altars  of  home.  They  live  in 
the  smiles,  the  tenderness  and  the  thous- 
and nameless  endearments  of  the  hearth- 
stone. There  the  heart  of  care  loves  to 
unburden  itself  and  be  at  peace.  Thither 
stern  manhood  retires  from  the  irritating 
conflicts  of  life,  and,  for  a  little  while, 
exchanges  the  conflicts  without  for  the 
love  within.  There  the  child  buries  his 
face  in  his  mother's  bosom,  weeps  his 
little  grief  away  and  looks  up  all  radiant 
with  happiness.  There  is  the  highest 
illustration  which  the  world  affords  of 
the  power  of  the  natural  affections  for 
producing  human  bliss. 

And  there,  beyond  all  other  places 
else,  exists  the  mournful  proof  that  their 
strength  for  sorrow  is  exactly  commen- 
surate with  their  strength  for  joy.     The 


LOVE.  115 

mother,  watching  the  expiring  life  of  her 
infant ;  the  child,  standing  by  the  dying 
bed  of  his  last  earthly  parent,  and,  when 
all  is  over,  shying  away  to  a  corner  and, 
under  the  first  overwhelming  shock  of 
orphanage,  sobbing  as  if  his  little  heart 
would  break  ;  the  wife — a  wife  no  more — 
standing  by  the  grave  where  they  are 
putting  into  darkness  him  for  whose  sake 
she  loved  to  live  and  be  happy :  these 
can  tell  us  too  truly  that  the  depth  of 
their  love  makes  the  depth  of  their  grief. 
Had  they  loved  less  they  would  sorrow 
less. 

Discovering  in  our  own  moral  natures 
the  necessity  for  both  the  inflow  and  out- 
flow of  fond  affection,  and  witnessing  so 
much  sorrow  in  the  train  of  human  at- 
tachments, how  refreshing  is  the  revela- 
tion of  a  love  which  is  ever  joyous  and 
satisfying,  because  it  is  planted,  nurtured, 
shed  abroad,  by  the  Holy  Spirit  in  the 
heart !     We  yield  to  this  influence  with- 


116  UPWARD. 

out  fear  of  ill-requital,  without  dread  of 
losing  the  objects  of  our  delight,  and 
without  any  apprehension  that  we  are 
preparing  the  way  for  trials  by  allowing 
our  affections  to  become  too  intense.  The 
bliss  wThich  it  affords  our  spirits  is  in 
proportion  to  the  fullness  of  its  in- 
dwelling. When  it  becomes  perfect  it 
will  cast  out  all  fear.  To  the  serenity 
of  the  pacified  conscience  we  give  the 
name  of  peace.  The  pleasure  which 
divine  love  inspires  is  better  expressed 
by  the  term  bliss.  Wielding  all  the 
power  for  happiness  which  the  affection 
of  human  love  possesses,  and  then,  by 
linking  itself  to  the  Divine  nature,  ethe- 
realizing  both  itself  and  its  fruits,  it  is  no 
longer  an  earthly,  but  a  heavenly  princi- 
ple ;  no  more  a  human,  but  an  immortal 
sentiment,  ripening  the  soul  for  the  ec- 
stasy of  heaven. 

In  its   manifestations   it   has   variety, 
but  in  its  substance,  unity.     In  all  its  de- 


LOVE.  117 

velopments  it  is  "  one  and  the  selfsame 
Spirit"  throughout.  In  the  form  of  be- 
nevolence it  may  be  felt  for  those  in 
whom  no  delightful  traits  can  be  dis- 
covered. This  was  the  Master's  love  for 
Jerusalem — sorrow  for  the  sinner's  guilt 
and  compassion  for  his  doom.  As  broth- 
erly love,  it  unites  the  believer  to  all  who 
have  part  with  himself  in  the  communion 
of  the  saints  with  Gocl.  Like  the  knit- 
ting  of  souls  between  David  and  Jonathan, 
Christian  fellowship  makes  us  one  with 
all  who  belong  to  Christ,  whether  the 
militant  on  earth  or  the  triumphant  in 
heaven. 

But  the  term  complacency  expresses  the 
most  exalted  form  of  holy  love.  This 
speaks  delight  in  the  contemplation  of 
what  is  truly  lovely — delight  in  all  the 
holy,  created  or  uncreated — delight  in  all 
holiness  and  holy  happiness.  Even  that 
commiserating  love  justmentioned  springs 
from  this  delight,  because  it  is  pity  for 


118  UPWARD. 

those  who  are  strangers  to  such  happi- 
ness. From  thence  this  heart  for  all  that 
is  worthy  of  love  passes  on  to  become  a 
living  sympathy  with  the  happiness  of 
all  who  draw  their  joys  from  Christ — in 
other  words,  it  becomes  love  to  the 
brethren.  These  are  but  parts  of  the  one 
complacent  affection  with  which  renewed 
souls  gaze  upon  whatever  is  lovely,  happy 
and  holy  throughout  the  universe,  and 
which  is  consummated  in  love  to  Christ 
— love  to  God. 

We  have  our  highest  view  of  it  when 
we  reflect  upon  its  Source.  It  flows  in 
the  heart  of  God.  The  Holy  Scriptures 
say  of  him,  not  merely  that  he  is  lovely 
and  deserving  of  love,  or  that  he  is  the 
Author  and  Dispenser  of  love,  but  they 
make  of  this  grace  one  of  the  vitalities 
of  his  being:  "  God  is  Love.  As  when, 
assuming  the  expressive  name,  "  I  am," 
he  impersonated  universal  existence,  so 
when  we  hear  him  proclaimed  as  one  who 


LOVE.  119 

is  Love,  we  think  of  all  existing  loveli- 
ness as  part  and  essence  of  himself. 
"  He  that  dwelleth  in  love,  dwelleth  in 
God,  and  God  in  him."  Even  those 
awful  attributes  to  which  we  ascribe  his 
dealings  of  wrath  are  the  necessary  re- 
sult of  his  complacency  in  holy  happi- 
ness. If  he  had  less  delight  in  such 
happiness,  he  might  be  less  severe  against 
its  hindering  cause,  sin. 

In  bringing  us  to  become  partakers  of 
this  grace,  God  incorporates  in  our  spirit- 
ual natures  an  elementary  portion,  of 
his  own.  He  fills  us  with  the  fullness  of 
himself,  and  we  feel  the  new  man  within 
us  to  be  a  Divine  effluence.  To  possess 
the  love  of  God  is  to  be  born  of  God. 
The  Holy  Ghost  sheds  it  abroad  in  our 
hearts,  and ,  then  it  affords  us  in  our 
capacity  such  delight  as  it  gives  to  God 
in  his. 

There  is  for  the  believer  this  pe- 
culiar joy   in   his   apprehension   of    the 


120  UPWAED. 

love  of  God,  that  he  feels  it  individual- 
izing himself.  It  appears  before  him,  not 
alone  in  the  general  aspect  of  a  com- 
placency in  all  that  is  good  and  happy, 
but  his  faith  beholds  in  it  the  sentiment 
of  his  heavenly  Father  toward  himself. 
It  has  been  mentioned  that  longings  for 
love  are  an  instinct  of  the  human  heart, 
and  also  that  only  requited  love  yields 
pleasure.  jSTo  complacency  in  others 
could  answer  the  demand  of  our  nature, 
while  we  felt  that  toward  ourselves  all 
were  cold.  The  regenerate  person  carries 
into  the  new  field  for  his  affections  all 
these  desires  to  become  the  object  of  love. 
Indeed,  in  that  new  field  these  desires 
are  intensified  by  his  consciousness  of  the 
purer  nature  of  that  love  which  he  now 
longs  to  receive. 

And  it  is  in  this  field  that  the  yearn- 
ings of  his  spirit  are  met  and  filled. 
His  view  wanders  delighted  over  the 
boundless  extent  of  worlds  and  beings  on 


LOVE.  121 

which  his  heavenly  Father  smiles,  but 
the  thrilling  experience  of  his  heart  is 
that  of  God's  especial  affection  for  him- 
self. He  is  bowed  in  grateful  humility 
and  in  wonder  that  the  Majesty  of  the 
universe  can  draw  so  near  to  so  mean  a 
thing,  while  he  listens  to  the  testimony 
of  the  Spirit :  "  Since  thou  wast  precious 
in  my  sight,  thou  hast  been  honorable 
and  I  have  loved  thee."  It  comes  again 
— what  joy  dwells  in  the  sound ! — "  I  love 
them  that  love  me."  The  Spirit  who 
whispers  this  witness  in  his  ear  breathes 
it  into  his  heart.  Then  he  is  satisfied 
with  the  reciprocity  of  affection  between 
himself  and  God  ;  and  such  love,  meeting 
with  such  a  requital,  answers  the  highest 
demand  of  his  new-born  nature. 

There  is  a  point  of  still  higher  interest 
in  God's  particular  regard  for  the  believer. 
It  belongs  to  the  grand  system  which  was 
formed  for  the  recovery  of  a  lost  world. 

It  comes  in  the  death  and  intercession  of 
11 


122  UPWARD. 

the  Redeemer,  and  through  that  death 
and  intercession  it  is  bestowed  upon  an 
unworthy  but  repentant  sinner.  Viewed 
in  this  light,  it  becomes  the  love  of  Christ. 
Before  the  cross  all  our  thoughts  of  Di- 
vine love  are  tender  and  subduing.  The 
atonement,  through  which  the  sinner 
becomes  justified,  blesses  him  with  the 
first  complacent  smile  of  his  Maker. 
His  Redeemer's  mediation  presents  him 
before  the  throne  as  an  object  of  heav- 
enly regard.  The  Holy  Spirit's  sanctify- 
ing work  in  his  soul  clothes  him  with 
those  attributes  of  loveliness  which  win 
the  Divine  heart.  He  beholds  his  Sa- 
viour cheered  amid  his  toils  and  trials, 
and  sustained  under  the  endurance  of 
Divine  wrath,  by  the  consciousness  that 
he  was  performing  the  highest  labor  of 
love :  "  Having  loved  his  own  which 
were  in  the  world,  he  loved  them  unto 
the  end."  He  listens,  and  all  is  made 
right  and  happy  for  himself  and  in  him- 


LOVE.  123 

self,  while  he  hears  the  ever-living  in- 
tercession of  Jesus  for  his  friends — "that 
they  might  have  my  joy  fulfilled  in  them- 
selves; that  the  love  wherewith  thou  hast 
loved  me  may  be  in  them,  and  I  in  them." 
This  is  God's  own  love.  It  is  the  well- 
spring  of  those  streams  which,  flowing 
into  the  believer's  soul,  become  his  love, 
good  and  glorious  in  accordance  with  the 
goodness  and  glory  of  the  Fountain  which 
issues  it.  Faith  is  tranquilizing,  happy 
and  good.  So  is  hope,  and  so  is  every  grace. 
But  "the  greatest  of  these  is  Love." 


X. 

LOVE. 

SECOND — ITS   SCOPE. 

ijrlELDS  for  the  range  of  holy  affec- 
jj    tions  are  ever  open.     In  no  one  of 
j    its  manifestations  can  sanctified  love 
become  languid  for  the  want  of  interest- 
ing objects  upon  which  to  bestow  itself. 
In  this  world  the  calls  for  our  benevo- 
lence are  incessant.     The  whole  creation 
groans  and  travails  in  pain.    High-handed 
wrong  usurps  the   place  of  justice,  and 
cruelty  reigns  where  mercy  should  be  en- 
throned.    For  all  this  God  feels,  and  he 
will  have  us  feel.     Against  this  he  directs 
the  whole  course  of  his  active  providence, 
and  he  expects  us  to  labor  as  well  as  feel 
with  himself. 

124 


LOVE.  125 

The  general  misery  which  sin  brings 
upon  the  world  is  made  up  of  unnum- 
bered instances  of  individual  suffering. 
Multitudes  of  these  are  brought  to  our 
own  door.  The  poor  we  have  always 
with  us.  Around  us  the  helpless  are 
needing  help,  the  desponding  are  asking 
for  cheer,  and  the  mourners  are  looking 
about  for  comfort.  Pointing  us  to  each 
call  upon  our  benevolence,  God  informs 
us  exactly  how  we  may  judge  whether  his 
own  feeling  for  the  children  of  sorrow 
dwells  in  our  breasts.  "  Whoso  hath 
this  world's  good,  and  seeth  his  brother 
have  need,  and  shutteth  up  his  bowels  of 
compassion  from  him,  how  dwelleth  the 
love  of  God  in  him!"  The  neglect  of 
the  offices  of  humanity  is  given  as  one 
decisive  proof  that  the  heart  is  a  stranger 
to  God.  And  we  are  to  be  weighed  in 
the  same  balances  at  the  final  judgment. 
Christ,  there  enthroned  as  the  arbiter  of 

our  eternal   destinies,   will    exhibit  the 
11* 


126  UPWARD. 

hungry,  th6  thirsty,  the  houseless  wan- 
derer, the  naked,  the  sick  and  the  im- 
prisoned— all  those  in  whose  cases  love 
to  himself  should  have  been  expressed— 
and  the  dread  accusation  against  such  as 
turned  coldly  from  the  sufferers  will  be, 
u  Ye  did  it  not  to  me." 

Think,  too,  of  the  call  for  our  compas- 
sion toward  the  enemies  of  God.  The 
Divine  heart  bleeds  over  their  infatua- 
tion. God's  call  to  them  is  the  mournful 
pleading  of  a  father  with  a  wandering 
son,  wdiom  he  knows  not  how  to  abandon 
to  profligacy  and  ruin.  We  behold  the 
tears  of  the  Redeemer  for  lost  souls ;  we 
see,  in  the  sorrows  of  his  death,  the 
evidence  that  all  which  he  spoke  was  felt 
in  his  heart;  and  then  we  know  how  we 
must  feel,  and  what  we  must  do,  if  we 
share  the  spirit  of  Christ.  We  too  must 
mourn  over  sinners  who  are  rushing  upon 
ruin.  More  than  this,  we  must  gird  our- 
selves for  cheerful  self-denials,  for  warm 


LOVE.  127 

personal  effort  and  for  a  generous  par- 
ticipation in  every  enterprise  which  is 
adapted  to  their  recovery.  And  when 
was  ever  an  opportunity  wanting  for  the 
exercise  of  love  to  the  brethren?  This 
fraternal  affection  is,  in  a  peculiar  sense, 
vhe  fruit  of  our  Lord's  dying  love,  and  is 
hence  proclaimed  as  the  new  command- 
ment of  the  gospel.  The  special  attrac- 
tion which  draws  believers,  as  such,  to- 
ward each  other,  seems  to  have  been  less 
distinctly  felt  under  the  previous  dispen- 
sation, when  the  Jew  loved  his  fellow 
Jew  more  on  account  of  their  national 
affinity  than  because  they  were  heirs  to 
the  same  heaven.  In  the  New  Testa- 
ment we  find  the  clearer  recognition  of 
brotherly  love  as  created  by  our  oneness 
in  God.  There  we  listen  to  that  wondrous 
intercession  of  our  Advocate,  which  dis- 
closed some  beauties  of  grace  new  to  the 
world — "That  they  all  maybe  one;  as 
thou  Father  art  in  me,  and  I  in  thee,  that 


128  UPWAKD. 

they  may  be  one  in  us ;  that  the  world 
may  believe  that  thou  hast  sent  me." 

We  often  speak  of  "  celestial  fruits  on 
earthly  ground"  and  of  "  heaven  begun 
below."  In  this  experience  of  love  to  the 
brethren  such  a  foretaste  is  well  identified. 
Cold  and  sadly  deficient  in  the  best  par- 
ticipations of  grace  is  the  soul  of  him 
who  feels  no  thrill  in  the  thought  that 

"  The  fellowship  of  kindred  minds 
Is  like  to  that  above." 

In  our  daily  walks  we  meet  with  those 
who  are  fellow-pilgrims  to  the  city  of 
God.  Their  hopes,  their  object  of  life, 
and  their  love,  are  the  same  as  our  own. 
We  mourn  the  same  sinfulness,  we  look 
to  the  same  atonement,  we  rejoice  in  the 
same  forgiveness,  we  burn  with  the  same 
purified  ambitions,  and  we  live  the  same 
new  life.  These  communings  are  the 
refreshing  arbors  along  the  steep  of  Chris- 
tian toil,  where  the  pilgrim  reposes  for  a 


LOVE.  129 

season  and  feels  his  brow  fanned  by  the 
gales  of  heaven. 

The  delights  of  this  fraternal  love  need 
not  be  so  much  marred,  as  we  are  apt  to 
think  they  must  be,  by  the  imperfections 
of  our  fellow-Christians.  Holy  affection 
exhibits  its  glory  and  strength  in  triumph- 
ing over  such  causes  of  disturbance.  Its 
influence  over  our  hearts  is  then  more 
observable,  and  more  honorable  to  re- 
ligion, than  it  probably  would  have  been 
had  it  shined  in  no  such  darkness.  When 
this  celestial  spirit  is  beheld  walking  into 
the  arena  of  religious  controversies  or 
personal  strifes,  with  their  angry  excite- 
ments, and  stilling  the  tempest  with  the 
magic  reflection,  Ye  are  brethren!  then 
the  wrorld  beholds  it  armed  with  the 
strength  of  God  and  glowing  in  the 
beauty  of  heaven. 

On  this  point  the  Church  has  not  re- 
ceived the  fair  award  of  justice.  She 
enjoys  more  of  the  happiness  of  brotherly 


130  UPWARD. 

love  than  her  enemies  credit  her  with — 
more  even  than  her  friends  have  always 
claimed  for  her.  It  is  not  denied  that 
she  has  been  rent  by  discords  and  some- 
times deeply  agitated  by  contending  pas- 
sions. For  these  sad  outbreaks  of  moral 
obliquity  much  is  due  to  men  of  no  piety, 
deceivers  and  self-deceived,  who  have  en- 
tered her  visible  organization  and  ob- 
tained her  confidence.  Their  zeal  for 
points  or  parties,  even  when  furious,  has 
been  mistaken  by  others,  and  perhaps  by 
themselves,  for  Christian  attachment  to 
principle.  These  are  spots  in  our  feasts 
of  charity  for  which  God  will  not,  and 
men  ought  not  to  judge  us,  any  farther 
than  as  we  submit  to  their  corrupt  in- 
fluence. Not  a  few  who  are,  in  the  main, 
friends  of  Christ,  are  also  implicated  in 
these  scenes  of  strife,  and  the  reproach 
which  has  followed  their  influence  cannot 
be  denied. 

But  people  forget  that  the  discordant 


LOVE.  131 

aspects  of  the  Christian  family  are  always 
the  most  obvious,  and  most  likely  to  be 
observed  through  a  magnifying  medium. 
The  report  of  the  bitter  speech  of  one 
Christian  against  his  fellow-disciple  will 
spread  for  leagues,  while  the  sweet  ex- 
pression of  fellowship  is  often  not  heard 
beyond  the  room  where  it  is  spoken.  The 
controversies  of  the  true  Church  are,  like 
the  surgings  of  the  sea,  on  the  surface. 
Beneath  them  is  a  silent  and  smooth 
under-current,  always  of  the  same  ele- 
ment and  flowing  in  the  same  direction. 
The  excitements  of  the  first  are  occa- 
sional, often  impulsive  and  always  con- 
spicuous. The  last  is  the  quiet  flood  of 
the  river  of  God,  less  striking  to  the 
superficial  observer,  but  for  ever  enjoyed. 
Every  heart  in  which  Divine  love  truly 
dwells  flows  in  that  flow  and  joins  in  the 
universal  sentiment  of  the  redeemed — 
one  hope,  one  labor,  one  spirit,  one  Head 
and  one  home. 


132  UPWAKD. 

What  anticipations  are  awakened  by 
our  present  faint  experience  of  this  fel- 
lowship! Expecting  the  hour  when  the 
redeemed  shall  sing  with  the  voice  to- 
gether, because  they  see  eye  to  eye,  how 
the  earnest  cry  sometimes  ascends, "  Lord, 
why  are  thy  chariots  so  long  in  coming  ? 
Why  tarry  the  wheels  of  thy  chariots?7' 

The  crowning  feature  of  this  holy  love 
is,  that  its  scope  embraces  both  earth  and 
heaven.  We  have  seen  that  it  ranges 
delighted  among  the  lovely  ones  of  earth, 
whom  we  meet  from  day  to  day.  But 
faith  brings  us  into  the  presence  of  beings 
of  infinitely  superior  worth,  for  there  is 
no  blemish  in  them,  and  our  delight  in 
them  is  unqualified.  Communion  with 
God  seems,  for  the  time,  to  remove  our 
souls  from  earth  to  heaven.  Among  the 
spirits  who  fill  that  world  are  the  great 
company  of  the  redeemed,  who  were  as 
we  are,  and  who  are  as  we  soon  shall  be. 
There  are   some  of  our   dearly  beloved 


LOVE.  133 

ones,  who  could  not  abide  our  slow  steps 
and  so  hastened  before  us  to  glory.  Hand 
in  hand  we  performed  our  pilgrimage 
for  a  short  season,  and  the  remembrance 
of  those  communings  prompts  our  souls 
to  make  frequent  ascensions  up  the  ladder 
of  vision  to  the  land  of  the  immortals. 
We  see  their  white  robes ;  they  seem  to 
beckon  us  with  their  smile — 

"  Come  away  to  the  skies, 
My  beloved,  arise ;" 

we  listen  to  the  music  of  their  harps  of 
gold;  we  behold  their  dwelling-place  in 
light  unapproachable  and  full  of  glory ; 
and  then  we  feel  that  our  holy  affections 
can  never  die  for  the  want  of  something 
good  to  love. 

The  same  faith  brings  us  into  the  pres- 
ence of  angels,  cherubim  and  seraphim, 
those  morning  stars  which  sang  together, 
and  those  sons  of  God  who  shouted  for 
joy  when  our  world  sprang  into  being. 

12 


134  UPWARD. 

They  have  enjoyed  an  existence  of  unin- 
terrupted holiness ;  they  have  numbered 
ages  of  service  in  ministering  to  the 
honor  of  the  throne  of  heaven ;  and  they 
have  found  what  is  always  to  be  found, 
even  on  this  earth,  growing  felicity  in 
each  new  hour  of  consecration. 

There  also  we  look  upon  that  face 
which  is  the  brightness  of  the  Father's 
glory.  The  eye  of  faith,  looking  through 
the  veil  of  sense,  beholds  now  enough  of 
Christ  to  excite  strong  yearnings  for  the 
unclouded  view  of  him,  "  whom  having 
not  seen,  we  love ;  in  whom  though  we 
see  him  not,  yet  believing  we  rejoice  with 
joy  unspeakable  and  full  of  glory."  And 
there  too  is  the  self-existing  Author  of 
this  unspeakable  bliss,  enjoying  love,  im- 
parting love  and  himself  being  love. 
Surrounded  by  those  throngs  of  the  ran- 
somed and  those  angelic  "  living  ones," 
and  having  in  himself  all  the  glorious- 
ness  of  the  Father,  the  Jesus,  Saviour, 


LOVE.  135 

and  the  Holy  Spirit,  Sanctifier,  he  is  the 
one  everlasting  object  of  contemplation 
upon  which  we  may  feast  for  ever. 

Thus,  in  those  hours  when  the  soul 
shuts  itself  in  from  this  world  and  looks 
through  the  glass  of  faith  into  that  which 
is  unseen  and  eternal,  as  the  picture  of 
an  entire  heaven  offering  itself  to  our 
love  unrolls  itself,  presenting  view  after 
view,  rising  in  interest  and  delight,  our 
weak  sight  soon  reaches  the  point  beyond 
which  it  cannot  go  until  we  see  as  we  are 
seen  and  know  as  we  are  known.  But 
the  present  span  of  our  vision  is  wide 
enough,  and  its  aggregate  of  objects  large 
enough,  to  suffice  for  any  longing  this 
side  of  heaven.  Our  spiritual  arithmetic 
gives  the  numbers — Mount  Zion,  the  city 
of  the  living  God,  the  heavenly  Jerusa- 
lem, the  innumerable  company  of  angels, 
the  general  assembly  and  churcli  of  the 
first-born,  God  the  Judge  of  all,  the  spirits 
of  just  men  made  perfect,  Jesus  the  Me- 


136  UPWAKD. 

diator  of  the  new  covenant,  and  the  blood 
of  sprinkling.  We  add  up  the  column 
and  the  sum  is  Love. 

Casting  out  all  fear,  filling  our  strongest 
yearnings  for  affection,  incorporating  our 
natures  with  the  happy  nature  of  God 
himself,  clinging  to  us  with  a  hold  which 
neither  death  nor  life  nor  any  other  crea- 
ture of  God  can  unloose,  and  enriching 
all  its  other  blessings  by  constantly  draw- 
ing us  nearer  to  Calvary  and  Mount 
Zion,  what  a  sanctuary  for  the  soul  is 
love !  What  light  and  blessings  it  sheds 
upon  the  hour  when  death  shall  loosen 
the  soul  for  its  flight  to  the  home  of  all 
holy  affection !  The  believer,  led  by  its 
soft  guidance,  approaches  the  shore  where 
he  can  hear  the  voices  of  the  songs  from 
beyond  the  river.  They  adore,  they 
sing,  they  shout ;  but  high  above  all,  and 
through  the  eternal  age,  they  Love. 


XL 

THE  SERVICE  OF   DOING. 

FIRST INCITEMENTS. 

fHAT  is  a  false  religion  which  is  laid 
hold  of  only  for  the  sake  of  its  hope 
for  the  world  to  come.  There  can  be 
no  greater  mistake  concerning  the  intent 
of  the  death  of  Christ  toward  the  re- 
deemed than  to  suppose  it  meant  only 
for  their  deliverance  from  future  misery. 
The  grace  which  brings  salvation  does 
not  subordinate  God  to  us  but  us  to  him ; 
and  that  is  a  selfish  estimate  of  its  mean- 
ing which  would  make  it  read,  Every- 
thing for  us  :  nothing  from  us.  A  lively 
hope  of  heaven  is  a  fair  result  of  vital 
religion — nothing  more.     The  elementary 

feature   of    such    religion — that   without 
12  *  137 


138  UPWAED. 

which  it  has  no  reality  of  existence — is 
consecration.  Its  possessor  has  made  the 
solemn  consecration  of  himself  to  God, 
and  this  consecration  is  for  both  worlds — 
the  life  that  now  is  as  well  as  the  life 
to  come.  The  moral  condition  of  the 
world  gives  to  this  consecration  a  definite 
and  tangible  import.  It  brings  it  out 
from  the  region  of  abstract  sentiment 
and  places  it  in  concrete  relation  to  the 
work  of  Grod  in  the  world.  In  direct 
terms  it  means  work.  Personal  effort, 
such  as  devising,  toiling,  praying,  giving, 
and  all  up  to  the  point  of  such  sacrifice  of 
selfish  interests  as  will  be  felt,  is  implied. 
Not  merely  first  in  time,  but,  all  through 
life,  first  in  order  of  effort,  the  Christian 
seeks  the  kingdom  of  heaven  and  its 
righteousness. 

It  lies  in  the  nature  of  a  true  Christian 
consecration  that  this  service  should  be  a 
cheerful  one.  The  whole  life,  its  anxieties, 
ambitions,  bent  of  activities  and  delight 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  139 

in  the  results  of  living,  lias  taken  its  spirit 
from  the  cross.  In  the  feeling  insepara- 
ble from  a  true  experience  of  grace  from 
the  cross,  that  "  for  me  to  live  is  Christ," 
the  service  in  which  consecration  is  car- 
ried out,  rises  from  the  character  of  a  cold 
duty  to  a  delightful  aspiration  for  fellow- 
ship with  Jesus.  This  view  of  it  is  pecu- 
liarly vivid  in  the  light  of  his  example. 
There  is  a  motto  for  the  Christian  life  in 
his  wrords,  "  I  must  work  the  works  of 
him  that  sent  me  while  it  is  day;  the 
night  cometh  when  no  man  can  work." 
He  said  this  in  his  assumed  human  nature 
— the  "  form  of  a  servant"  which  he  "  took 
upon  himself" — a  nature  in  which  he 
could  be  felt  by  us  as  an  example.  It 
was  a  nature  capable  of  toils ;  capable  of 
feeling  that  they  were  toils ;  susceptible 
of  their  wearing  influence  upon  manly 
energy  and  susceptible  of  the  oppression 
of  spirit  wrhich  they  sometimes  produce. 
With  him  work  was  no  less  work  than 


140  UPWARD. 

with  us.  Fatigue  of  body  and  faintness 
of  spirit  were  as  real  with  him  as  with 
us.  With  as  full  an  experience  of  these 
things  of  humanity  as  was  ever  felt  in 
this  world,  he  expressed  his  sense  of  the 
life-long  service  due  to  the  Father,  and 
his  purpose,  as  an  appointed  worker, 
whose  task,  like  the  task  of  a  hireling, 
was  set  to  work  out  his  whole  day,  for 
the  night  was  coming  on. 

True,  it  is  not  for  us  to  do  the  one  great 
work  which  was  his  more  special  mission 
in  the  world — that  of  dying  a  sacrificial 
death  for  the  sins  of  men ;  but  we  are  to 
work  for  the  same  great  end — the  salva- 
tion of  sinners  through  that  atonement. 
Our  Lord  has  not  called  certain  classes 
only  of  his  redeemed  friends  into  the 
activities  of  his  service;  he  has  left  his 
example  for  all,  giving  to  all  the  grace  to 
do  and  spreading  out  work  abundant  for 
all.  It  may  be  found  in  the  pulpit,  the 
Sabbath-school,  the  parish,  in  supplying 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  141 

and  sending  forth  ambassadors  of  the 
cross  everywhere,  among  the  neglected 
and  suffering,  in  all  the  highways  and  by- 
ways of  life,  and  in  every  appointed 
means  for  reforming  and  blessing  the 
world.  It  is  work  which  requires  a  sur- 
render of  carnal  ease,  toil,  willing  endu- 
rance and  sometimes  exposure  to  re- 
proach, but  it  is  work  which  cannot  be 
put  off  without  imperiling  the  hope  of 
heaven.  There  is  no  exception  to  our 
Lord's  everlasting  law,  "  Whosoever  doth 
not  bear  his  cross,  and  come  after  me, 
cannot  be  my  disciple."  The  toils  and 
exposures  under  which  our  consecration 
to  God  lays  us,  are  only  sharing  with 
Jesus  the  burdens  of  the  service.  When 
he  spoke  the  words  we  have  quoted,  he 
recognized  for  himself  no  more  constancy 
in  duty  than  is  binding  on  us,  and  men- 
tioned no  motive  that  does  not  apply, 
in  its  full  strength,  to  our  case.  Works 
of  as  high  and  eternal  interest  as  those 


142  UPWARD. 

which  brought  him  to  earth  are  set  be- 
fore us.  To  us  also  the  night  cometh — 
the  night  when  no  man  can  work. 

"We  turn  from  the  example  of  Jesus 
living  in  the  world,  to  the  power  of  his 
death  in  the  believer.  Reference  has 
already  been  made  to  the  fact  that  it  bears 
just  as  explicitly  upon  a  working,  Chris- 
tian life  as  upon  the  final  blessedness  of 
heaven.  Cursory  views  of  the  grace  of 
the  cross  generally  pass  over  the  first  and 
rest  upon  the  last  of  these  results  of  the 
atonement  in  the  believer.  They  look 
only  for  the  crown  and  never  for  the 
cross.  But  a  thoughtful  view  of  our 
Lord's  death  sweeps  the  wider  scope  of 
its  bearing  and  sees  not  only  what  it  is 
to  do  for  the  pardoned  sinner,  but  also 
what  the  love  of  Christ  constrains  that 
sinner  himself  to  do  for  his  fellow-sin- 
ners, and  more  especially  for  the  Lord 
who  died  for  him. 

With  New  Testament  saints,  this  last 


THE   SERVICE   OF    DOING.  143 

was  much  the  most  prominent  part  of  the 
theme  of  the  cross.  So  Paul  spoke  his 
own  experience  of  its  power  when  he 
wrote  of  filling  up,  in  his  own  flesh,  that 
which  is  behind  of  the  afflictions  of 
Christ,  for  the  sake  of  his  body,  which  is 
the  Church.  In  other  words,  he  looked 
not  upon  Christ  as  the  only  sufferer  in 
this  great  work  of  winning  a  church  out 
of  this  apostate  world  to  holiness  and 
to  heaven.  Though  his  was  the  only 
true  sacrificial  work,  still  he  left  behind 
afflictions  which  his  people  were  to  fill  up 
in  their  flesh — in  some  outward  service  of 
doing  or  enduring — in  carrying  out  the 
purpose  for  which  he  died.  They  were 
to  watch  and  work  as  their  Master 
watched  and  worked,  and  sometimes  also, 
like  their  Master,  to  suffer  and  die  for  the 
cause. 

From  men  of  that  spirit,  how  noble 
would  have  been  the  utterance  of  our 
working  song — 


144  UPWARD. 

"  Must  Jesus  bear  the  cross  alone, 
And  all  the  world  go  free? 
No,  there's  a  cross  for  every  one, 
And  there's  a  cross  for  me  !" 

From  the  stand-point  of  Calvary  the 
writers  of  the  New  Testament  were  ac- 
customed to  look  neither  at  earth  with 
its  toils,  nor  at  heaven  with  its  rest,  by 
itself  alone.  "  To  this  end  Christ  both 
died  and  rose  and  revived,  that  he  might 
be  Lord  both  of  the  dead  and  living.'' 
"  We  labor,  that  whether  present  or  ab- 
sent, we  may  be  accepted  of  him."  "  For 
me  to  live  is  Christ,  and  to  die  is  gain." 
Over  and  over  again  has  the  spirit  of  in- 
spiration brought  the  warfare  and  the 
victory  into  the  same  field  of  vision,  and 
in  such  terms  as  make  the  power  of  the 
cross  no  less  direct  toward  a  faithful 
Christian  life  than  toward  a  triumphant 
death.     So  goes  on  our  hymn — 

"The  consecrated  cross  I'll  bear, 
Till  death  shall  set  me  free; 
And  then  go  home  my  crown  to  wear, 
For  there's  a  crown  for  me." 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  145 

The  shortness  of  the  time  comes  in  as 
a  warning  incentive,  calling  for  earnest- 
ness of  service.  True  it  is  not  the  holiest, 
and  should  not  be  the  strongest  spur  to 
Christian  activity.  It  is  of  use  only  in 
this  inconstant  world.  In  heaven,  with- 
out any  warnings  for  haste  from  dying 
chambers  and  funeral  bells,  they  work 
faster  and  better  than  any  of  us  here. 
The  most  prompt  service  is  rendered 
where  the  incentive  is  the  unmixed  one 
of  love.  So,  in  his  better  moments,  it  is 
felt  by  the  Christian  in  this  world.  It  is 
not  rare  that  the  true  lover  of  his  unseen 
Lord  enters  into  the  feelings  of  the  three 
disciples,. who,  on  the  Mount  of  Transfigu- 
ration, ravished  by  the  sight  of  the  ex- 
cellent glory,  spoke  first  of  all  their  con- 
secration  to  service.  It  is  good  to  be 
here,  if  we  may  build  tabernacles  for  thee 
and  thine.  It  is  good  to  dwell  on  the 
mount  of  love,  if  we  may  do  the  works 
of  love. 

13  K 


146  UPWARD. 

Still,  in  commending  to  us  inducements 
to  service,  God  treats  us  as  yet  living  in 
a  world  where  the  best  frames  of  spirit 
are  inconstant.  It  is  earth  yet,  and  so 
Death  must  stand  forth  our  ordained 
preacher,  filling  all  the  ways  of  life  with 
his  sepulchral  oratory,  moving  us  to  do 
with  our  might  what  our  hands  find  to 
do,  for  the  solemn  reason  that  there  is  no 
work  in  the  grave  whither  we  go. 

The  best  laborers  in  the  Church  might 
live  too  long.  It  is  a  painful  thought, 
but  with  the  records  of  human  incon- 
stancy before  us,  it  cannot  be  suppressed. 
Short  as  the  day  of  the  hireling  now  is, 
we  sometimes  grow  impatient  of  toil. 
The  work  for  to-day  is  often  laid  aside 
until  to-morrow;  that  which  belongs  to 
the  present  year  is  postponed  until  the 
next.  This  is  done  by  those  who  know 
it  may  be  at  the  sacrifice  of  the  last  op- 
portunity for  performance.  What  then 
might  become  of  the  industry  of  us  all, 


THE  SERVICE   OF   DOING.  147 

if,  in  our  present  habitudes  of  body  and 
mind,  we  were  immortal?  Is  it  not  well 
for  the  kingdom  of  Christ  in  the  world, 
that  the  great  programme  of  labor 
through  which  its  eventual  triumph  is  to 
come  passes  from  hand  to  hand?  Is  it 
not  well  that  death  is  made  one  of  the  in- 
strumentalities through  which  efficient 
service  is  perpetually  secured?  Each 
laborer  is  thus  brought  to  feel  that  he  has 
but  a  short  time  with  his  task  before  it 
is  handed  over  to  some  successor.  If  he 
would  do  anything  he  must  do  it  fast. 
If  he  would  not  carry  the  one  thriftless 
talent  in  the  napkin  to  the  final  judg- 
ment he  must  make  haste  to  use  it. 

Any  worldly  enterprise  which  requires 
ages  for  its  perfection  feels  the  influence 
of  death  as  an  element  of  efficiency. 
The  administration  of  an  empire  would 
become  indolent  if  any  one  sovereign, 
even  a  Charlemagne,  were  immortal  on 
his    throne.     In    this   world,   it    is    the 


148  UPWARD. 

recognized  law  for  all  long  successful  en- 
terprise, that  while  time  impairs  efficiency, 
freshness  promotes  the  vigor  of  service. 

The  enterprise  which  Christ  has  left  to 
his  Church  is  not  exempt  from  this  rule. 
It  is  a  work  for  ages.  Long  centuries  of 
toil  and  suffering  must  be  worked  and 
suffered  through,  before  reaching  the 
final  achievements  of  the  cross  in  this 
world  of  sin.  The  vigor  of  service  must 
not  relax  to  the  end.  And  so  death 
passes  the  work  along  from  hand  to  hand. 
It  takes  it  from  those  whose  ambition  for 
toil  is  bowing  under  the  burden,  and 
hands  it  down  to  others,  who,  in  fresh 
energy,  are  panting  to  play  their  glorious 
part. 

This  arrangement,  so  good  for  the 
Church,  has  no  ungenerous  aspect  toward 
the  individual.  The  sentinel  on  his  weary 
watch  listens  without  dread  for  the  bell 
which  strikes  the  hour  for  another  to 
take  his  round.     So  with  the  servant  of 


THE  SERVICE   OF   DOING.  149 

Jesus,  faithful  at  his  post:  why  should 
he  recoil  from  the  approaching  hour  for 
exchanging  the  watch?  Why  should  he 
linger  at  nightfall,  reluctant  to  leave  his 
work,  when  his  good  Redeemer  would 
have  him  look  through  the  darkness  to 
the  rewarding  morning?  All  will  go 
well,  whether  with  himself  or  with  the 
work  he  leaves.  Men  die,  but  the  cause 
of  redemption  lives,  and  shall  never  want 
men  to  bear  it  on  while  one  sinner  re- 
mains under  the  day  of  grace. 

This  view  of  the  Divine  wisdom  in  the 
uses  of  death,  speaks,  oh  how  solemnly ! 
to  the  writer  and  reader,  to  the  whole 
company  of  the  Church,  to  all  who  have 
any  thought  of  reaching  heaven.  Its 
voice  is,  Work !  Work  for  Christ  and 
for  human  salvation  !  Work  while  it  is 
day !  and  remember  that  the  day  is  not 
done  until  the  sun  is  fully  set.  What 
can  be  better  for  the  Christian  veteran 
than  to  march  in  his  panoply  up  to  the 

13* 


150  UPWAKD. 

very  gate  of  heaven  !     What  better  than 
to  have  it  said  of  him  when  he  is  gone — 

"  Thou  hast  fallen  in  thine  armor, 
Thou  servant  of  the  Lord ; 
Thy  last  breath  crying,  Onward ! 
Thy  hand  upon  thy  sword!" 

There  follows  naturally  the  thought 
of  this  further  incitement  to  a  faithful 
service  of  doing — its  intimate  connec- 
tion with  the  glory  to  come.  No  careful 
reader  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  can  have 
failed  to  notice  how  often  they  connect 
the  labor  with  the  reward — the  cross  with 
the  crown.  So  our  Lord  strengthened 
in  his  personal  followers  zeal  for  action 
and  faith  for  endurance:  "Ye  are  they 
which  have  continued  with  me  in  my 
temptations ;  and  I  appoint  unto  you  a 
kingdom,  as  my  Father  hath  appointed 
unto  me."  The  voice  from  heaven  to  the 
Revelator  in  Patmos,  bade  him  write 
concerning  the  blessed  dead  who  die  in 
the   Lord,   that   they    "rest    from   their 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  151 

labors,  and  their  works  do  follow  them." 
Without  here  pausing  over  the  theological 
relation  of  the  works  to  the  reward,  no 
one  can  carefully  read  either  of  the  pas- 
sages just  quoted  without  receiving  from 
them  this  plain  impression — there  must  be 
first  toil  for  Christ  on  earth  and  then  re- 
pose with  him  in  heaven.  The  hand  that 
has  clung  longest  to  the  cross  lays  the 
firmest  grasp  upon  the  crown.  It  is  as  true 
in  holy  activities  and  rest  as  in  our  phys- 
ical aptitudes,  that  "the  sleep  of  the 
laboring  man  is  sweet."  It  was  written 
of  those  who  amid  great  tribulation  had 
washed  their  robes  in  the  blood  of  the 
Lamb.  "  Therefore,  [because  of  what 
they  did  and  experienced  on  earth,]  are 
they  before  the  throne  of  God,  and  serve 
him  day  and  night  in  his  temple.  .  .  . 
The  Lamb  which  is  in  the  midst  of  the 
throne  shall  feed  them,  and  shall  lead  them 
unto  living  fountains  of  waters,  and  Grod 
shall  wipe  away  all  tears  from  their  eyes." 


152  UPWARD. 

See  how  the  faithful  and  honored  ser- 
vants of  Christ  have,  from  the  threshold 
of  glory,  looked  back  upon  their  life-work 
for  Jesus !  Paul,  when  an  old  and  war- 
scarred  soldier  of  Jesus,  with  his  weary 
feet  almost  on  the  immortal  shore,  wrote 
in  happy  review  of  all  he  had  done  and 
suffered  for  his  Lord,  and  of  the  inti- 
mate connection  between  his  toils  and  en- 
durances and  the  joyous  triumph  which 
awaited  him.  "  I  am  now  ready  to  be 
offered,  and  the  time  of  my  departure  is 
at  hand.  I  have  fought  a  good  fight,  I 
have  finished  my  course,  I  have  kept  the 
faith :  henceforth  there  is  laid  up  for  me 
a  crown  of  righteousness  which  the  Lord, 
the  righteous  Judge,  shall  give  me  at  that 
day." 

Thus  stretching  his  view  over  earth 
behind  and  heaven  before — a  view  which 
embraced  the  whole  bearing  of  the  endur- 
ance upon  the  triumph — he  sent  back 
his  voice  to  the  young  laborer,  to  whom 


THE   SERVICE    OF   DOING.  153 

he  thus  wrote  to  work  for  Christ :  "  Thou 
therefore  endure  hardness  as  a  good  sol- 
dier of  Christ." 

The  writer  of  these  pages  many  years 
ago  visited  an  aged  friend — one  who  had 
done  long  service  for  Christ  and  who  was 
then  suffering  and  sinking  under  mortal 
disease  and  expecting  soon  to  die.  He 
had  reached  the  point  where  he  felt  that 
his  earthly  service  was  closing,  and  his 
longing  gaze  was  turned  intensely  toward 
heaven.  From  those  beamings  of  glory 
he  looked  back  once  more  to  earth  and  to 
the  Christian's  work  on  the  earth.  "  Oh," 
said  he,  "  I  have  loved  it,  but  I  never 
before  had  such  views  of  the  inexpress- 
ible joy  of  laboring  for  God.  I  want  to 
say  to  you ;  I  want  to  say  to  all  the  min- 
isters ;  yes,  I  want  to  lift  up  a  loud  voice 
and  say  to  all  the  brethren,  ministers  or 
laymen,  Work  for  God  !  work,  work  !  I 
have  no  words  to  tell  you  how  blessed  it 
is.     Tell  them  that  they  will  never  know 


154  UPWARD. 

until  they  view  it  from  where  I  now  stand, 
but  they  will  know  it  all  then." 

The  order  of  a  gallant  naval  captain, 
"  Don't  give  up  the  ship !"  wras  immor- 
talized because  it  was  spoken  in  death. 
So  let  the  shout  of  the  dying  Christian 
veteran  be  passed  along  the  hosts,  the 
rallying  cry  for  fresh  encounters  with  sin 
and  Satan  in  this  world  of  ours,  Work 
while  it  is  day !  work  for  Grod ! 


XII. 

THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING. 

SECOND — ENCOURAGEMENTS. 

* 

fHE  most  real  trials  of  Christian  effort 
do  not  consist  in  their  tax  upon  our 
j  means  and  strength.  Discouragement 
is  the  chief  foe  to  heartsome  labor.  The 
holding  of  that  scowling  fiend  at  bay  is 
always  an  indispensable  condition  of  hap- 
piness, and  generally  of  usefulness,  in  our 
work. 

A  sincere  but  too  easily  depressed 
Christian  writes  to  his  friend:  "God 
knows  that  I  have  no  greater  desire  than 
to  see  that  I  am  really  doing  good  in  his 
cause.  I  would  labor  for  it;  for  this  I 
would  gladly  spend  and  be  spent;  I  do 
not  know  that  it  would  be  too  much  to 

155 


156  UPWARD. 

say  that  I  would  willingly  die  for  it. 
But  my  courage  is  almost  broken  and  I 
am  sorely  tempted  to  give  up.  It  is  not 
that  I  crave  rest.  I  am  not  tired  of 
work.  I  took  the  toil  into  account  when 
I  gave  myself  to  Christ.  I  was  warned 
to  expect  it,  and  I  did  so.  I  not  only  ex- 
pected it,  but  I  sought  it.  I  have  no  dif- 
ficulty with  what  some  would  call  the 
drudgery  of  the  service.  In  truth  that  is 
rather  exhilarating  than  disheartening. 
I  have  noticed  the  flush  of  exultation  with 
which  a  boy  brings  his  first  harvest-sheaves 
to  the  pile  which  his  father  is  gathering. 
He  pants  under  his  work,  but  he  is  full 
of  joy  because  it  is  his  own  contribution 
of  effort  in  support  of  his  father's  interest. 
I  can  comprehend  his  pleasure,  and,  if 
other  things  were  right,  I  would  enjoy  a 
similar  feeling  in  all  my  labors  to  gather 
fruit  unto  life  eternal.  The  exacting  of 
mere  means  and  energies  in  this  work 
offers  the  least  of  all  temptations  to  the 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  157 

repining  propensity.  It  is  only  the  trial 
which  self-denial  and  fatigue  give  to  pa- 
tience; and  that  is  with  me  the  mildest 
form  of  discipline  for  this  virtue. 

"  'Tired  of  work?'  No  indeed!  But 
these  dark  skies — what  do  they  mean? 
Will  the  sun  never  break  through  the 
clouds  in  the  moral  heavens?  In  the 
harness  of  mere  toil  I  could  work  on  to 
old  age,  happy  to  live  and  to  die,  but  I 
sink  under  discouragement.  When  I  see 
that  my  hands  are  stretched  forth  all  the 
day  long  to  a  disobedient  and  gainsaying 
people;  when  I  see  that,  after  all  is  done, 
the  moral  changes  are  apparently  against 
the  cause  of  Christ  and  iniquity  is  ac- 
tually gaining  ground,  and  that  even  the 
tender  ear  of  childhood  is  turned  away 
from  the  story  of  the  love  of  Jesus,  thus 
making  the  prospect  for  the  future  worse 
and  worse,  I  find  it  almost  impossible  to 
listen  to  the  voice  which  says,  '  Persevere 
and  hope  on!'     I  know  how  wicked  des- 

14 


158  UPWARD. 

pondency  is,  but  when  it  comes  upon  me 
as  an  armed  man,  I  have  no  strength  left 
for  the  battle.  I  sink  in  the  deep  waters : 
God  help  me!" 

The  above  complaint  is  an  example  of 
many  which  go  up  from  the  field  of 
Christian  toil.  Men  of  really  devoted 
spirit  are-  not  always  courageous  when 
they  see  the  world  growing  harder  in  the 
very  face  of  their  labors,  and  especially 
when  long  continued  efforts  still  bring  few 
satisfactory  results.  They  would  keep 
better  watch  against  despondency  if  they 
would  more  carefully  observe  its  tendency 
toward  acrimony  of  spirit.  They  are 
prone  to  indulge  angry  feelings  toward 
men  for  whose  good  they  labor,  but  who 
ungratefully  resist  every  benign  influence 
which  is  employed  in  their  behalf.  They 
are  apt  to  lose  patience  with  others  who 
profess  to  be  devoted  to  the  same  noble 
interest  which  fills  their  own  hearts,  but 
who  are  never  found  at  the  post  of  duty 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  159 

when  their  personal  services  are  most 
needed. 

But  worse  than  this,  when  the  Chris- 
tian laborer  feels  his  hope  of  success 
giving  away,  he  sometimes  carries  his 
displeasure  against  God  himself.  Before 
he  is  aware  he  finds  himself  dissatisfied 
— shall  it  be  said  angry? — because  God 
suffers  men  to  remain  unmoved  and  does 
not  openly  honor  his  efforts  to  promote 
the  glory  of  Christ  in  the  world.  Like 
the  prophet  under  the  juniper  tree,  first 
discouraged  and  then  vexed,  he  is  ready 
to  cry,  "It  is  enough;  now,  0  Lord,  take 
away  my  life."  Like  the  same  prophet 
in  the  cave,  his  heart  adopts  the  petulant 
expostulation  that,  while  he  has  been 
very  jealous  for  the  Lord  God  of  hosts, 
he  has  been  ungenerously  deserted  of 
heaven  and  left  alone  in  his  work. 

This  is  the  natural  culminating  point  of 
all  discouragement  under  Christian  labor. 
And  when  this  point  is  reached  we  can 


160  UPWARD. 

see  what  a  vile  as  well  as  gloomy  thing 
such  discouragement  is.  It  is  a  quarrel 
with  heaven,  and  it  must  be  given  up. 
It  may  cost  long  and  hard  struggle  with 
the  morbid  habit  of  spirit,  but  it  must 
be  given  up.  Otherwise  there  is  no  cheer 
for  toil,  perhaps  no  good  in  it,  certainly 
no  heavenly  peace  for  the  life,  and  who 
can  be  sure  of  any  precious  hope  in 
death? 

Suppose  then  we  look  over  this  broad 
field  of  the  service  of  doing,  first  inquir- 
ing what  belongs  to  us  and  what  to  Grod. 
Let  us  see  whether  what  we  so  often  call 
the  unfruitfulness  of  Christian  labor  may 
not  be  a  delusion  of  the  outward  sense, 
and  whether  the  despondency  arising 
from  it  is  not  often  the  self-will  of  a 
mind  which  assumes  to  itself  the  prerog- 
ative of  shaping  means  and  ends.  It  is 
certain  that  no  cloud  of  real  gloom  can 
abide  over  any  true  service  for  Christ, 
and  there  are  standpoints  of  vision  from 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  161 

which  we  can  see  the  mists  passing  off 
and  all  such  service  glowing  under  the 
promise,  "Your  labor  is  not  in  vain  in 
the  Lord." 

Here  is  one  thought  to  lift  the  cloud : 
Grod  has  nowhere  promised  to  reward  us 
for  the  success  of  our  efforts.  He  has 
never  spoken  of  their  results  as  the  thing 
for  which  he  bestows  upon  us  his  ap- 
proval. The  spirit  and  character  of 
these  efforts  is  one  thing:  the  effect 
which  they  accomplish  another.  They 
are  entirely  distinct,  and  each  is  to  be 
viewed  by  itself.  One  involves  our  per- 
sonal responsibility,  while  God  alone 
takes  care  of  the  other.  The  assurance 
that  we  shall  be  blessed  in  all  our  toils 
and  sufferings  for  the  cause  of  Christ  has 
only  these  uniform  and  simple  conditions, 
that  we  are  to  do  our  best,  and  do  it  under 
the  incitement  of  love.  This  closes  the 
whole  account  of  what  concerns  us. 

Then  wrhen  our  Lord  looks  smilingly 

14  *  L 


162  UPWARD. 

upon  us,  as  he  looked  upon  the  loving 
disciple  of  whom  he  said,  "  She  hath  done 
what  she  could,"  we  may  be  happy  under 
those  smiles  without  waiting  to  learn 
wrhat  use  he  will  make  of  the  things  done. 
Whether  the  crop  freshens  in  the  showers 
of  spring  and  ripens  under  the  harvest 
sun,  or  whether  it  seems  as  if  perished  in 
the  frosts  of  winter  or  drought  of  sum- 
mer, there  remains  a  blessing  for  the 
faithful  sower  of  the  seed,  w7hich,  to  his 
own  soul  at  least,  shall  be  a  harvest  re- 
ward :  "  Glod  is  not  unrighteous  to  forget 
your  wrork  and  labor  of  love  which  ye  have 
showed  toward  his  name."  However 
men  may  speak  of  toiling  to  no  purpose, 
his  word  of  encouragement  is  never  with- 
drawn. The  Christian,  whose  trusting- 
soul  looks  up  to  the  crown  of  life  as  one 
certain  prize  for  those  who  are  simply 
faithful  unto  death,  has  no  trembling 
for  the  issue.  Though  now  worn  and 
tempted  to  faint  under  watchings,  appar- 


THE  SERVICE   OF   DOING.  163 

ently  almost  in  vain,  for  some  present 
tokens  of  usefulness,  this  refreshing 
thought  makes  him  once  more  happy  in 
his  toil, — that  if  he  is  faithful  for  Christ's 
sake,  a  few  hours  more  of  work  will 
bring  the  welcome  change.  A  few  hours 
more,  and 

"  There  on  a  green  and  flowery  mount 
Our  weary  souls  shall  sit, 
And  with  transporting  joy  recount 
The  labors  of  our  feet" 

He  may  well  be  "  steadfast,  unmovable, 
always  abounding  in  the  work  of  the 
Lord"  whose  strong  faith  is  anchored  to 
the  assurance,  "  forasmuch  as  ye  know 
that  your  labor  is  not  in  vain  in  the 
Lord." 

But  it  is  not  alone  this  anticipation  of 
the  heavenly  reward  which  makes  our 
present  service  cheerful  and  satisfying. 
Irrespective  of  present  success,  all  that 
we  do  in  faithful  love  brings  present 
recompense    to    our    hearts.      Christian 


164  UPWARD. 

work  has  always  its  reflex  bearings  upon 
the  worker,  which  become  the  heart's 

"Celestial  fruit  on  earthly  ground" — 

foretastes  of  the  recompense  to  come. 
The  "  doer  of  the  work"  is  "  blessed  in  his 
dee&sT  Good  reason  may  exist  why 
God's  open  approbation  of  our  service 
should  linger,  but  he  hastens  the  visits 
of  his  love  to  our  souls.  Indeed,  on  a  care- 
ful examination  of  his  discipline  of  our 
hearts,  we  shall  sometimes  be  surprised  to 
find  the  best  spiritual  comforts  arising 
from  the  very  things  which  are  darkest 
to  our  senses. 

Look  for  example  at  the  power  of  what 
men  call  cross-providences  and  causes  for 
despondency  to  excite  the  confiding  Chris- 
tian's/^'^. This  is  a  joyous  grace — one 
of  the  celestial  three  which  are  stars  of 
the  first  magnitude  in  the  firmament  of 
Christian  peace.  It  is  evidence  of  par- 
don ;  it  unites  to  Christ ;   it  is  one  me- 


THE  SERVICE   OF   DOING.  165 

dium  through  which  we  look  up  and  see 
the  Blessed  One.  Faith  is  eyes  to  the 
believer,  "  for  we  walk  by  faith,  not  by 
sight." 

But  without  some  sensual  darkness 
there  can  be  no  faith.  The  things  of 
which  it  is  the  evidence  are  not  seen.  The 
good  of  which  it  is  the  substance  is  hoped 
for — meaning,  of  course,  not  now  possessed. 
If  we  could  now  see  everything  take  the 
form  in  which  our  infirm  policy  would 
have  shaped  it,  what  room  would  remain 
for  the  refreshing  sentiment  of  trust 
which  keeps  us  so  near  to  Christ  ?  But 
as  it  is,  God's  ways  are  so  inscrutably 
above  human  policies,  and  his  paths  in 
such  a  deep  sea,  that  much  of  our  joy  in 
him  grows  out  of  that  inwrought  confi- 
dence which  tells  us  that  all  done  by  our 
heavenly  Father  is  well  done.  What- 
ever awakens  faith  becomes  tributary  to 
our  delight. 

Then  it  is  not  strange  if  our  covenant 


166  UPWAKD. 

Lord  leads  us  along  dark  paths  that  he 
may  teach  our  trembling  hearts  the  bless- 
ing of  trust.  Perhaps  for  this  very 
reason  he  purposely  withholds  from  our 
sight  the  reward  which,  for  the  present, 
he  wishes  only  the  eye  of  faith  to  behold. 
What  we  call  the  discouragement  of  ex- 
pending our  charities  and  efforts  only  to 
see  things  grow  worse  and  worse,  may 
then  be  a  Divine  culture  of  the  grace 
which  draws  the  believer  near  to  God,  to 
wait  under  the  shadow  of  his  throne  for 
the  chosen  hour  when  we  shall  be  allowed 
to  see,  as  well  as  believe,  that  all  went  on 
well.  In  this  spirit  Cowper  wrote  of  the 
"  mysterious  way"  in  which  Grod  moves, 
"his  wonders  to  perform:" 

"Judge  not  the  Lord  by  feeble  sense, 
But  trust  him  for  his  grace; 
Behind  a  frowning  providence 
He  hides  a  smiling  face. 

"His  purposes  will  ripen  fast, 
Unfolding  every  hour; 
The  bud  may  have  a  bitter  taste, 
But  sweet  will  be  the  flower. 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  167 

u  Blind  unbelief  is  sure  to  err, 
And  scan  his  works  in  vain  ; 
God  is  his  own  interpreter, 
And  he  will  make  it  plain." 

Bat  faith  is  not  the  only  reflex  comfort 
of  toiling  under  outward  gloom  with  a 
true  and  fond  devotion  to  Christ.  Ohedi- 
ence  is  a  source  of  joy.  There  is  an  inex- 
pressible sweetness  in  the  reflection  that 
we  are  striving  to  do  the  will  of  God. 
This  sentiment,  when  sincerely  cherished, 
is  nothing  less  than  the  spirit  of  Christ 
in  the  soul.  We  look  up' to  our  Lord, 
and  we  hear  him  proclaim  the  moving 
cause  of  his  own  mission  of  toil  and  suf- 
fering in  the  world — uLo!  I  come;  in 
the  volume  of  the  book  it  is  written  of 
me,  I  delight  to  do  thy  will,  0  my  God!" 
Sustained  by  the  happy  consciousness 
that  he  was  faithful  to  an  appointed  work, 
his  courage  did  not  give  way  in  those 
dark  hours  when  even  his  own  received 
him  not.     He  knew  that  his  labors  were 


168  UPWARD. 

accomplishing  the  Divine  purpose,  and  he 
was  satisfied. 

Like  him  we  are  sent  into  the  world  to 
do  the  will  of  our  Father  in  heaven.  It 
is  a  holy  mission  which  we  are  to  execute — 
not  to  acquire  a  personal  reputation  for 
effective  talent,  but  for  the  glory  of  him 
who  sent  us.  Whatever  amount  of  suc- 
cess may  now  attend  our  labors,  we  shall 
soon  "give  account  with  joy,"  if,  with  the 
consciousness  of  honest  purpose  and  after 
faithful  endurance,  we  can  say  to  God,  as 
we  ascend,  "I  have  finished  the  work 
which  thou  gavest  me  to  do." 


XIII. 

THE   SERVICE   OF    DOING. 

THIRD — FRUIT. 

fENTION  has  been  made  of  the  bless- 
edness  of  Christian  service,  irrespec- 
tive of  the  question  of  outward  suc- 
cess. Let  it  not  however  be  inferred  that 
we  may  be  careless  respecting  the  visible 
fruit  of  our  labors  or  cherish  anything 
less  than  a  deep  solicitude  concerning  the 
persons  or  things  which  are  the  objects 
of  them.  When  allowed  to  reap  with 
joy  a  quick  harvest  from  what  was  sown 
in  tears,  we  are  indeed  blest  with  the  pe- 
culiar favor  of  our  rewarding  God.  If 
we  are  permitted  to  behold  the  waste 
places  of  the  earth  robing  themselves 
with  the  glory  of  Lebanon  and  the  ex- 


15 


169 


170  UPWARD. 

cellency  of  Carmel  and  Sharon,  under 
our  cultivation,  our  hearts  should  con- 
tribute their  own  happy  strains  to  the 
voice  of  joy  and  singing  which  rises  from 
the  reclaimed  desert. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  want  of  visible 
tokens  of  success  should  always  awaken 
solemn  inquiry  why  so  little  harvest 
grows  under  so  much  culture.  Every 
class  of  laborers — ministers  or  laymen, 
those  who  speak,  write,  pray,  wrork  or 
contribute  of  their  worldly  wealth — 
should  each  alike  be  faithful  and  resolute 
to  reach  the  truth  in  such  a  scrutiny.  It 
is  always  satisfying  to  reflect  that  we 
have  done  what  we  could  for  Christ. 
But  this  satisfaction  would  be  a  spurious 
peace  if  it  produced  indifference  respect- 
ing the  effect  of  our  exertions. 

The  question,  whether  the  impoverished 
state  of  the  ground  which  we  are  striving 
to  improve,  may  not  be  traced  to  our 
thriftless  husbandry,  is  natural  and  per- 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  171 

tinent.  Others  will  make  such  an  in- 
quiry respecting  us,  and  we  ought  to 
make  it  for  ourselves.  Have  our  efforts 
been  uniformly  obedient  to  the  motions 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  our  hearts  ?  Have 
we  gone  forth  bearing  precious  seed,  be- 
cause we  desired  to  reap  a  harvest,  not 
for  ourselves,  for  a  party  or  for  any  hu- 
man interest,  but  for  God?  While  be- 
stowing our  diligence,  were  our  hearts 
before  the  throne  of  grace  in  earnest 
prayer  that  God  would  do  his  own  work? 
Have  our  plans  been  wise  and  our  means 
appropriate?  Has  our  patience  been 
constant  and  our  spirit  affectionate?  In 
the  amount  as  well  as  spirit  of  our  in- 
dustry, have  we  been  faithful,  remember- 
ing the  motive  which  so  deeply  affected 
our  Master,  "I  must  work  the  works  of 
him  that  sent  me  while  it  is  clay;  the 
night  cometh  when  no  man  can  work?" 

Grave  this  on  the  memory  as  with  the 
point  of  a  diamond,  that  every  Christian 


172  UPWARD. 

comfort  requires  some  definite  and  intelli- 
gible evidence  that  we  are  proper  subjects 
of  it.  Questions  like  the  above  must 
have  a  satisfactory  answer  in  our  con- 
sciousness before  we  can  review  what 
are  called  discouraging  labors  with  per- 
fect calmness.  But  when,  looking  over 
all  this  ground,  we  can  say  to  the  honor 
of  Divine  grace,  that  our  hearts  are  clear 
or  our  short-comings  forgiven,  then  peace 
will  fly  to  our  bosoms,  however  success 
may  linger.  We  have  done  our  part, 
and  like  our  Divine  Pattern,  we  find  our 
delight  in  performing  the  will  of  Grod. 

But  there  are  yet  richer  wrords  of  cheer 
for  the  fainting  toiler  in  the  Christian 
field.  All  along  Grod  does  support  him 
with  other  promises  besides  the  assurance 
of  being  himself  watered  from  the  river 
of  heavenly  love.  All  along  there  shines 
before  him  the  pledge  of  everlasting 
truth,  that  faithful  Christian  effort  shall 
accomplish    valuable     results    in    other 


THE   SEEVICE   OF   DOING.  173 

hearts  and  promote  the  interest  of  Christ 
in  the  world.  He  has  the  assurance  of 
heaven  that  he  is  doing  good.  It  is  writ- 
ten :  "  He  that  reapeth  receiveth  wages, 
and  gatliereth  fruit  unto  life  eternal,  that 
both  he  that  soweth,  and  he  that  reapeth, 
may  rejoice  together."  "  They  that  sow 
in  tears  shall  reap  in  joy.  He  that  goeth 
forth  and  weepeth,  bearing  precious  seed, 
shall  doubtless  come  again  rejoicing, 
bringing  his  sheaves  with  him."  Words 
of  loving  kindness  and  inspiring  hope! 
And  they  are  examples  of  a  long  array 
of  like  precious  promises,  in  the  light  of 
which  the  shamefulness  of  such  terms  as 
gloomy  prospects  and  unrequited  toil  is 
glaringly  exposed.  The  care  of  heaven 
will  nourish  every  seed,  and  bring  forth 
in  their  best  seasons,  the  blade,  the  ear, 
and  after  that,  the  full  corn.     There  is 

NO  DARK  PROSPECT  IN  THE  DISCHARGE  OF 
DUTY. 

Our  notions  of  success  are  apt  to  be 


174  UPWARD. 

earthly.  We  forget  that  there  are  other 
worlds  which  form  the  theatre  where 
great  events  are  accomplished.  We 
measure  time  by  days  and  years,  and 
from  thence  we  obtain  our  ideas  of  the 
fast  and  the  slow.  When  the  wheels  of 
providence  seem,  in  our  impatient  view, 
to  turn  lazily,  we  forget  that  they  are 
moving  in  an  eternal  journey.  They 
will  take  their  time,  it  is  true,  but  they 
will  never  stop.  The  comprehensiveness 
of  the  government  of  God — what  a  re- 
viving theme  to  the  faithful  workers  for 
Christ !  The  path  in  which  The  Eter- 
nal walks  is  the  way  everlasting.  It 
can  never  be  sought  out  by  malign  coun- 
ter-agencies. "  The  vulture's  eye  hath  not 
seen  it;  the  lion's  whelps  have  not  trod- 
den it,  nor  the  fierce  lion  passed  by  it." 
The  same  Omniscience  which  marks  out 
the  means  keeps  a  sleepless  watch  for 
the  end.  Events  which  belong  to  each 
other  may  long  wander  apart,  each  ful- 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  175 

filling  for  a  season  some  peculiar  mission 
of  its  own  ;  but  their  tracks  will  converge 
at  the  proper  time.  Causes  and  effects 
will  meet  whenever  the  great  universal 
arrangement  will  be  promoted  by  making 
their  relation  apparent.  Then,  but  not 
before,  we  shall  know  what  good  we  have 
done.  The  time  may  come  soon  or  it 
may  delay  for  ages,  but  it  will  come. 

As  God  has  just  the  hour  and  place  for- 
our  efforts,  so  he  has  just  the  result  which 
he  expects  and  just  the  period  which  is 
propitious  for  its  accomplishment.  It  may 
be  our  mission  to  ameliorate  some  special 
cases  of  human  suffering,  to  exert  a  holy 
influence  in  the  circle  of  home,  to  train 
some  instruments  of  future  usefulness,  to 
promote  some  specific  reformation,  to  lead 
sinners  around  us  to  Christ,  to  promote 
the  general  prosperity  of  the  Redeemer's 
kingdom,  to  lay  foundations  upon  which 
beneficent  structures  may  rise  in  the 
future,  or  to  exemplify  the  general  princi- 


176  UPWARD. 

pies  of  the  Divine  glory.  On  the  uniform 
condition  of  faithfulness,  success  is  as- 
sured to  our  peculiar  mission,  whatever 
it  is.  But  the  nature  of  that  success, 
with  the  times  and  seasons,  is  in  the 
hands  of  Him  for  whom  we  work.  Our 
impatience  cannot  affect  his  far-reaching 
appointments.  But  our  faith  in  his  par- 
ticular and  universal  providence  arms  us 
against  despondency,  and  our  long  tasks 
are  lightened  by  the  thought  that  the 
achievement  is  sure. 

We  do  not  stop  to  perplex  ourselves 
with  the  questions,  when?  and  where? 
We  hear  from  the  voice  of  God  all  which 
properly  concerns  us:  "In  the  morning 
sow  thy  seed,  and  in  the  evening  with- 
hold not  thy  hand."  We  then  comfort 
our  souls  with  the  reflection  that  "our 
judgment  is  with  the  Lord  and  our  work 
with  our  God."  We  are  satisfied  with 
the  Divine  approval.  We  feel  a  sweet 
consciousness  that  we  are  spending  and 


THE   SERVICE   OF    DOING.  177 

being  spent  for  Christ.  Our  consciences 
are  at  peace  and  our  souls  are  ennobled 
by  the  thought  that  we  are  God's  own 
chosen  instruments  of  good — polished 
shafts  in  his  quiver. 

One*  who  had  labored  faithfully,  and 
with  many  prayers,  as  a  lay  exhorter,  be- 
held year  after  year  pass  with  scarcely  a 
cheering  ray  of  present  success.  His 
field  was  one  of  the  most  forbidding 
which  exist  in  Christian  lands.  He  was 
derided  in  the  streets,  religion  was 
scorned  and  the  name  of  Christ  was 
hourly  blasphemed.  Friends  urged  him 
to  give  over.  They  told  him  he  had 
made  a  fair   trial  of  the  power  of  the 

*  For  this  narrative,  the  writer  is  indebted  to  the  remote 
memory  of  the  reading  of  his  boyhood,  the  period  when  the 
impression  of  narratives  is  enduring.  He  believes  it  was 
read  from  a  London  paper,  but  at  this  period  he  can  give  no 
voucher  for  either  its  source  or  its  truthfulness.  In  the 
kingdom  of  grace  it  has  too  many  parallels  to  be  regarded  as 
incredible,  and  therefore  serves  the  purpose  of  an  illustra- 
tion, whether  the  reader  accept  it  as  historical  or  as  a  para- 
ble. 

M 


178  UPWARD. 

gospel  among  those  reprobates,  and  that 
was  enough. 

But  in  his  earnest  communion  with 
Heaven  he  obtained  some  peculiar  prom- 
ise— an  inwrought  token  from  the  Angel 
of  the  covenant.  For  who  will  say  that 
God  makes  no  special  communications  of 
this  kind  to  those  who  are  placed  by 
himself  where  their  support  is  peculiarly 
needed?  To  every  proposal  that  he 
should  abandon  his  field  he  replied  that 
he  was  more  and  more  convinced  that  he 
was  doing  work  for  God  and  he  must  not 
leave  it. 

Death  arrested  these  labors.  He  had 
seen  little  outward  appearance  of  good, 
but  he  did  not  mourn  over  an  hour  of 
his  self-denying  service  as  wasted  labor. 
The  special  token  cheered  his  last  heavenly 
communion  this  side  of  the  veil,  and  he 
departed  under  the  feeling,  not  only  that 
he  had  performed  service  which,  for 
Christ's  sake,  would  be  accepted,  but  that 


THE   SERVICE   OF    DOING.  179 

he  had  clone  a  great  work.  Was  this 
peculiar  assurance  to  which  his  faith  an- 
chored itself  visionary?  Was  it  all  a 
dream  that  "a  cake  of  barley  tumbled 
into  the  host  of  Midian,"  smiting  the 
tents  of  the  uncircumcised?  or  was  it  in- 
deed "the  sword  of  Gideon,  the  son  of 
Joash,  a  man  of  Israel,"  into  whose  hand 
God  had  delivered  those  armies? 

A  young  man  wrho  applied  for  ecclesi- 
astical authoritv  to  o-o  forth  as  an  or- 
dained  minister  of  Christ  was  required 
to  relate  his  religious  experience.  In  so 
doing,  he  traced  his  conversion  to  the 
instrumentality  of  that  lay  exhorter. 
During  the  life  of  that  faithful  servant 
of  Christ  this  youth  had  been  one  of  the 
scorners  who  afflicted  his  soul.  His 
death  awakened  him  to  solemn  reflec- 
tions. He  reviewed  his  self-denying  con- 
secration, his  tears  of  compassion  and 
labors  of  love;  he  thought  of  his  prayers 
that   God  would  forgive  those  who  de- 


180  UPWARD. 

spitefully  used  him — thought  of  all,  until 
the  remembrance  of  that  example  of 
Christian  tenderness  was  too  much  to 
bear.  He  was  brought  to  the  cross, 
qualified  for  the  ministry  and  sent  forth 
to  preach  the  everlasting  gospel. 

Not  a  moment  was  wasted  in  seeking 
an  eligible  post  of  labor.  There  was  but 
one  place  for  Mm.  Who  so  well  as  him- 
self could  tell  his  late  companions  in 
wickedness  how  they  had  together  sinned 
against  the  love  of  God,  in  sinning 
against  the  love  of  the  self-denying  ser- 
vant of  Grod?  They  listened  with  gradu- 
ally improving  decency,  and  at  length 
with  earnest  attention.  Some  hearts  bled 
under  the  same  self-reproach  which  had 
broken  his  own.  There  were  soon  enough 
for  a  concert  of  prayer.  Then,  though 
the  earlier  day  of  grace  had  been  de- 
spised, they  asked  of  the  Lord  rain  in  the 
time  of  the  latter  rain,  and  he  made 
bright  clouds  and  gave  them  showers  of 


THE   SERVICE   OF   DOING.  181 

rain.  The  dens  of  blasphemy  were  ex- 
changed for  places  of  prayer,  and  men 
whose  garments  had  been  clotted  with 
each  other's  blood,  in  street  brawls,  sat 
together  as  exemplary  rulers  in  the  con- 
gregation of  the  saints. 

After  a  few  years  of  such  service  that 
young  pastor  followed  the  lay  exhorter  to 
glory.  The  reaper  had  received  the 
wages,  and  gathered  the  eternal  fruit. 
But  oh  the  joy  unspeakable  and  full  of 
glory  with  which  he  that  sowed  and  he 
that  reaped  rejoiced  together! 

16 


XIV. 

THE  SERVICE  OF  SUFFERING. 
FIRST — THE   CONSECRATION   AND   THE   COVENANT. 

d  CHRISTIAN  minister,  in  the  sev- 
l\  enty -seventh  year  of  his  age,  was 
^  laid  for  several  months  upon  a  bed 
of  suffering,  and,  as  it  proved  in  -the  end, 
the  bed  of  death.  He  was  a  faithful  and 
holy  man,  remarkable  for  an  industrious 
discharge  of  the  numerous  duties  which 
his  somewhat  peculiar  position  placed 
in  his  way.  He  had  been  wonderfully 
favored  in  relation  to  bodily  health.  One 
man  out  of  a  thousand  could  not  be  found 
who  had  enjoyed  a  freedom  so  uniform 
from  sickness  or  other  physical  infirmities. 
He  had  often  said  that  he  hardly  knew 
what  pain   was.      It  came   however  in 

182 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  183 

those  last  .months  of  his  life,  and  wrought 
upon  him  with  a  terrible  severity,  as  if 
it  was  resolved  to  balance  his  account 
with  human  suffering  before  he  should 
be  relieved  for  ever. 

During  that  long  season  of  distress 
his  soul  lay  submissively  in  the  Ever- 
lasting Arms.  He  spoke  of  God's  deal- 
ings with  quiet  satisfaction,  and  of  the 
Divine  government  with  exceeding  joy. 
"  When,"  said  he,  "  I  consecrated  myself 
to  God.  I  bound  myself  to  service.  Since 
then  I  have  attached  great  importance  to 
doing  the  will  of  God.  Times  occurred 
when  it  seemed  hard,  but  it  was  part  of 
the  service,  and  I  said  to  myself,  Do  it. 
But  somehow  it  never  until  now  struck 
my  mind  with  much  force  that  there  is 
just  as  much  service  in  suffering  as  in 
doing  the  will  of  God.  I  find  it  harder 
to  suffer  than  to  clo  his  will;  but  I  am 
just  as  truly  in  his  work,  and  I  believe 
that,  for  Christ's  sake,  he  will  accept  the 


184  UPWAED. 

service  of  suffering   as  well  as  that  of 
doing." 

What  a  beautiful  frame  of  mind  for 
the  Christian,  pressed  clown  with  anguish 
of  body  and  expecting  no  relief  except 
in  death!  What  an  all -supporting  sen- 
timent in  the  hour  of  trial!  What  sub- 
limer  thought  could  be  summoned  to  aid 
the  soul  struggling,  to  bear  itself  above 
the  angry  waters ! 

The  sufferer  turned  his  thoughts  back 
to  the  self-consecrating  engagements  of 
long  past  years.  He  remembered  that 
many  weary  hours  of  toil  had  been 
lightened  by  the  reflection  that  they 
were  a  part  of  the  contract  between  his 
soul  and  Christ.  He  had  experienced 
great  joy  in  the  belief  that  they  would  be 
accepted  as  acts  of  faithfulness  to  his  en- 
gagement. It  was  not  because  he  ex- 
pected God  to  look  upon  him  as  righteous 
for  these  things,  or  because  he  trusted  to 
anything  short  of  the  mediation  of  the 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  185 

Redeemer  for  mercy  and  acceptance. 
Still,  like  Paul,  he  had  labored  that  he 
might  be  accepted  of  him,  and  the  hope 
of  that  acceptance  had  inspired  his  am- 
bition to  spend  and  be  spent.  Now  he  is 
brought  into  another  department  of  duty 
still  more  trying,  and,  lo!  these  same 
covenant  engagements  come  to  his  aid, 
armed  with  new  strength  to  cheer  and 
support.  What  a  wTeapon  of  defence  for 
holding  distress  at  bay!  He  had  bound 
himself  to  service,  and  it  was  his  delight 
to  fill  out  the  engagement.  He  had  served 
in  the  field,  and  now  he  was  serving  in 
the  fire.  It  was  service  still,  and  the  ser- 
vice of  suffering  would  be  no  less  accept- 
able than  that  of  doing. 

How  strangely  some  of  the  most  com- 
mon truths  float  through  the  mind — 
known  indeed  to  be  real,  but  perceived 
only  as  shadows — until  some  event  brings 
them  into  action  as  articles  of  experience! 
Then  how  we  are  astonished  that  things 

16  * 


186  UPWAKD. 

so  old  are  yet  so  new — that  though  we 
seemed  to  have  known  them  so  long  we 
did  not  know  them  at  all!  The  new 
thought  of  the  aged  minister  did  not  prob- 
ably embrace  any  addition  to  his  theo- 
retical knowledge  of  the  Christian  life. 
But  there  was  a  point  which  had  lain  in 
the  mind  as  a  dim,  shadowy,  abstract 
thing,  until  the  providence  of  God  called 
him  to  take  it  up  as  emphatically  the 
point  for  the  present  emergency.  Then 
it  burst  upon  his  faith  with  all  the  fresh- 
ness of  a  new  revelation  from  heaven. 
Hitherto  he  had  remembered  how  it  was 
meat  and  drink  to  the  Saviour  to  do  the 
will  of  him  that  sent  him ;  and  he  had 
made  it  the  highest  aspiration  of  his 
own  renewed  soul  to  do  the  will  of 
God.  But  he  had  laid  an  emphasis  on 
the  word  do  which  prevented  him  from 
seeing:  the  comprehensiveness  of  the  duty 
required.  The  true  meaning  of  the  word, 
as  he  afterward  found,  was  to  yield  obe- 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  187 

dience ;  and  as  Christ's  obedience  was 
rendered  alike  in  preaching,  healing  and 
in  suffering  on  the  cross,  so  he  could  ful- 
fill his  covenant  of  service  and  perform 
the  Divine  will  as  really  in  the  endu- 
rance of  his  bodily  pains  as  in  active 
labors  for  God.  He  could  not  be  happy 
without  serving  God.  He  discovered 
that  in  suffering  he  could  serve  him  as 
devotedly  as  ever,  and  he  was  happy. 

This  view  of  the  Christian's  endurance 
of  suffering  of  whatever  kind  as  a  cov- 
enant service  becomes  more  vivid  as  we 
reflect  upon  the  condition  on  which  he 
first  gave  himself  to  Christ.  It  was  an 
act  of  consecration.  The  surrender  was 
without  limit.  It  embraced  himself,  body 
and  soul,  but  it  embraced  more.  All  the 
circumstances  which  are  to  affect  his 
condition,  all  future  personal  allotments, 
with  whatever  joys  or  sorrows  await 
them,  were  included  in  the  cheerful  dedi- 
cation of  all  to  Christ. 


188  UPWAED. 

Still  more  to  the  purpose  is  this  con- 
sideration :  not  only  did  he,  on  his  part, 
commit  all  his  circumstances,  with  him- 
self, to  Christ,  but  in  the  covenant  under 
which  he  was  redeemed,  those  circum- 
stances were  placed  by  the  Father  under 
the  special  control  of  the  Mediator  of  the 
covenant. 

It  is  not  enough  to  say  of  Christ 
that  he  is  the  mediatorial  King  of  the 
Church  which  he  bought  with  his  own 
blood.  In  this  office,  he  must  needs 
have  power  so  to  adjust  the  events  of  the 
world  that  they  shall  promote  the  peace 
of  his  friends  and  lead  to  their  sanctifi- 
cation,  and  to  the  final  triumph  which  is 
mutually  theirs  and  his  own.  This  is  one 
glory  of  the  arrangement  by  which  God 
"  hath  put  all  things  under  his  feet,  and 
given  him  to  be  head  over  all  things  to 
the  Church^ — for  the  Church's  sake. 

In  this  connection  it  should  also  be  re- 
membered that  it  is  a  prominent  object 


THE   SERVICE    OF   SUFFERING.  189 

of  our  Redeemer's  mediatorial  adminis- 
tration to  afford  his  friends  every  desira- 
ble security  from  present  evils,  and  to 
confer  the  greatest  happiness  which  they 
are  prepared  to  enjo}^.  Immeasurably 
blessed  himself  in  the  work  which  he 
finished  upon  the  cross,  he  delights  to 
impart  the  full  benefit  of  that  work  to 
those  for  whose  sake  he  sanctified  him- 
self. Under  the  Covenant,  he  rules  in 
providence  as  wrell  as  grace.  Thus  he  is 
enabled  to  compel  all  things  to  "  work  to- 
g ether  for  good  to  them  that  love  God." 
Here  there  is  protection  from  present 
evils  and  support  under  present  sorrows, 
as  well  as  a  future  heme  where  tears 
are  wiped  from  all  faces.  Stretching  its 
shadow  over  the  whole  path  of  Christian 
experience,  from  the  hour  of  our  espousals 
to  the  unending  future,  how  truly  this 
covenant  makes  of  Christ 

"  Our  refuge  from  the  stormy  blast, 
And  our  eternal  home !" 


190  UPWARD. 

Once  more,  and  with  peculiar  attention, 
be  it  remembered  that  if  our  peace  under 
this  covenant  depends  upon  Christ's 
ability  to  overrule  every  event  for  our 
benefit,  we  could  not  withhold  any  one  of 
the  all  things  of  ours  from  his  control 
without  destroying  his  power  to  make 
them  work  together  for  our  good.  If  we 
would  have  the  peace  which  the  covenant 
promise  secures  to  the  submissive  heart, 
we  must  cheerfully  commit  our  circum- 
stances to  covenant  control.  The  afflicted 
Christian,  tempted  out  of  the  anguish  of 
hisspirit  to  become  rebellious,  and  to  say 
in  relation  to  anything,  "  I  cannot  submit 
myself  to  the  disposal  of  Grod,  but  I 
must  have  my  own  wray,"  would  rob 
Christ  of  the  power  of  securing  his  hap- 
piness from  every  providential  allotment. 

But  in  the  sweet  consciousness  that  we 
are  yielding  all  to  the  care  of  him  who 
governs  the  world  for  the  happiness  of 
his  people,  we  are  prepared  to  rejoice  in 


THE  SERVICE  OF  SUFFERING.      191 

all  our  tribulations.  Perfect  consecration 
teaches  the  consoling  power  of  the  truth 
that  "  all  things  are  for  your  sakes." 
Then  our  souls  sit  in  the  sanctuary  of 
The  Comforter,  and  our  sorrows  are 
turned  into  a  joy  which  no  man  taketh 
from  us. 

Such  views  of  the  dominion  of  our  me- 
diatorial King  clear  the  darkened  skies. 
It  is  true  afflictions  are  afflictions  still, 
but  they  are  no  longer  the  food  for  gloomy 
thoughts.  They  afford  some  of  the  best 
illustrations  of  the  tenderness  of  God's 
heart  and  the  sustaining  power  of  his 
grace.  There  are  indeed  many  mysteri- 
ous dispensations  which  are  never  ex- 
plained in  this  world.  But  they  are  jus- 
tified in  the  eye  of  that  faith  which  sup- 
ports the  Christian,  when  all  other  ground 
sinks  beneath  his  feet.  There  is  always 
a  light  in  which  they  can  be  viewed,  not 
merely  without  gloom,  but  with  real  sat- 
isfaction.    There  is  always  some  explicit 


192  UPWAKD. 

reason  for  rejoicing  that  God  has  not  ar- 
ranged matters  as  we  should  probably 
have  ordered  them,  but  has,  in  covenant 
goodness,  ordained  for  us  those  light  af- 
flictions of  a  moment  which  work  an  ex- 
ceeding and  eternal  weight  of  glory. 


XV. 

THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING. 
SECOND — THE   SUBMISSION   OF   FAITH. 

N  this  world  the  outward  condition 
is  not  the  test  of  character.  God  has 
not  marked  the  distinction  between 
his  friends  and  his  enemies  by  a  palpa- 
ble contrast  in  their  earthly  comforts. 
The  seventy-third  Psalm  records  how  one 
good  but  distressed  man  almost  lost  his 
faith,  when  he  saw  the  righteous  suffer 
while  the  wicked  seemed  only  to  prosper, 
and  how  nobly  he  recovered  himself. 

Affliction  is  the  common  lot.  It  is  a 
war  in  which,  like  that  with  death,  there 
is  no  discharge.  The  good  and  the  bad 
are  alike  subject  to  the  vicissitudes  of 
wealth   and  poverty,  honor  and  detrac- 

17  N  193 


194  UPWARD. 

tion,  case  and  pain,  life  and  death.  The 
best  friends  of  God  may  sit  at  scant 
tables,  with  no  provision  for  another  re- 
past except  the  unfailing  promise  that 
they  shall  be  fed.  They  may  be  herded 
in  uncomfortable  abodes.  They  may  see 
their  children  reach  and  pass  the  years 
when  they  need  opportunities  for  im- 
provement, from  which  poverty  debars 
them.  They  may  be  mortified  by  the  in- 
constancy of  friendships  professed  in  bet- 
ter days,  and  may  receive  inhumanity 
and  wrong  from  men  who  do  not  fear  to 
oppress  them  because  they  are  too  weak 
to  resist. 

In  the  abode  of  prayer,  where  every 
chamber  is  hallowed  bv  delightful  com- 
m union  with  heaven,  a  diseased  sufferer 
pines  away  the  long  years.  For  her  the 
morning  sun  rises  and  the  evening  shad- 
ows gather  almost  in  vain.  Freshening 
springs  and  golden  autumns  have  no  joy, 


THE  SERVICE   OF  SUFFERING.  195 

because  they  bring  no  change  to  the  weary 
monotony  of  pain. 

In  another  domestic  group,  whose 
course  has  been  marked  with  peculiar 
devotion  to  Christ,  death  has  appeared, 
and,  so  far  as  regards  this  world,  the 
purest  light  of  earthly  bliss  is  quenched 
for  ever.  True,  in  all  sanctified  sorrow, 
the  wounds  of  earthly  bereavement  are 
healed  by  the  Great  Physician,  but  the 
mourner  often  remains  scarred  for  life. 
Who  has  not  known  what  it  is  to  behold 
some  of  the  precious  affections  of  life 
hidden  in  sepulchral  darkness?  Past 
whose  lips  has  the  cup  gone  untasted? 

"  There  is  no  flock,  however  well  attended, 
But  one  dead  lamb  is  there ; 
There  is  no  household,  howsoe'er  defended, 
But  has  one  vacant  chair." 

There  is  one  theological  truth  which 
comes  kindly  to  the  aid  of  the  sufferer 
who  stands  appalled  before  such  pictures 
of  human  experience.     It  is  not  a  deep 


196  UPWARD. 

thesis  for  the  Reviews,  but  a  peace-work- 
ing doctrine  for  the  plain  Christian  who, 
in  his  hour  of  anguish,  is  tempted  to  cry. 
What  is  my  unpardonable  sin  that  I  am 
thus  singled  out  for  the  judgment  of  God? 
The  point  is  that  of  the  distinction  be- 
tween sorrows  that  are  simply  providential 
occurrences  in  God's  government,  and  those 
which  are  retributive.  This  distinction 
separates  the  natural  evils  to  which  sin 
exposes  the  human  race  at  large,  from 
those  peculiar  displays  of  the  Divine 
wrath  which  are  the  proper  penalty  of  sin, 
and  which  are  measured  out  with  strict 
regard  to  personal  character.  The  truth 
is  clear  to  calm  thought,  but  in  the  hour 
of  inward  tumult  it  is  sometimes  forgot- 
ten, and  when  forgotten  the  refuge  of 
trust  fails. 

It  is  not  meant  that  sin  does  not  bring 
our  troubles  upon  us.  On  the  contrary, 
let  it  never  be  overlooked  that  affliction 
is  the  fruit    ;f  sin — the  consequence  of 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  197 

living  in  a  world  of  guilt,  of  which  our 
own  sin  forms  a  part.  Hence  it  is  always 
a  call  to  repentance.  Forgetting  this 
fact,  we  should  fail  to  receive  one  of  the 
solemn  impressions  of  the  atrociousness 
of  rebellion  against  God.  We  do  well  to 
study  the  enormity  of  sin  in  every  lesson 
by  which  God  teaches  the  awful  truth. 
But  these  terrestrial  troubles  are  not 
Wis  prescribed  penalty  of  transgression  as 
written  down  in  the  law.  Though  they 
are  the  fruit,  they  are  not  the  punishment 
of  crime.  For  the  believer  is  already 
justified  by  the  work  of  his  Redeemer. 
Wo  part  of  a  legal  judgment  or  sentence 
of  condemning  wrath  can  be  executed  on 
those  who  are  in  him.  "There  is  there- 
fore now  no  condemnation  to  them  which 
are  in  Christ  Jesus."  The  justified  per- 
son may  partake  largely  of  the  trials  of 
life  as  the  general  effect  of  sin,  but  of 
that  which  is  appropriately  the  cup  of 

penal  wrrath  he  can  drink  no  more  for 

17  * 


198  UPWAKD. 

ever.  From  the  lips  of  the  believer  the 
dying  Saviour  snatched  this  chalice,  and 
pressed  it  to  his  own.  Th^n,  while  we 
must  feel  that  sin  is  the  instrument  of  all 
our  human  woes,  we  may  nevertheless 
welcome  the  thought  to  our  hearts  that 
God  may  sometimes  grieve  us  most 
while  he  loves  us  with  his  warmest  love. 
Beyond  the  hiding  of  his  face  for  a  mo- 
ment in  a  little  wrath,  we  may  look  to 
the  everlasting  kindness  with  which  the 
Lord  our  Redeemer  will  have  mercy  on 
us. 

But  beyond  their  share  of  natural  evils, 
as  partners  in  the  common  humanity,  the 
servants  of  God  sometimes  experience 
other  tribulations,  more  severe  to  human 
view,  which  grow  directly  out  of  their 
faithfulness  to  Christ.  This  was  the  form 
of  discipline  to  which  our  Lord  summoned 
the  sons  of  Zebedee,  and  some  measure 
of  it  is  meted  out  to  all  his  friends :  "  Ye 
shall  drink  indeed  of  my  cup,  and  be 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  199 

baptized  with  the  baptism  that  I  am  bap- 
tized with."  The  cruel  mockings  and 
scourgings  and  terrible  martyrdoms  of 
the  ancient  worthies  were  not  the  ordi- 
nary sufferings  of  humanity,  but  the  pe- 
culiar dispensation  of  Heaven  toward  its 
own  inheritors.  Such  forms  of  discipline 
vary  with  the  ever-varying  state  of  hu- 
man affairs.  But  some  peculiar  trials  for 
our  Master's  sake  are  provided  for  every 
age,  and  they  must  be  accepted  by  all 
who  will  accept  Christ  himself. 

It  must  not,  however,  be  inferred  that 
the  griefs  of  the  friends  of  Christ  are 
heavier  than  those  which  the  w7icked  en- 
dure. Sinners  also  have  sorrows  of  their 
own,  besides  their  participation  of  the 
calamities  which  are  common  to  all.  If 
Elijah,  as  a  man  of  God,  had  in  that 
character  some  special  afflictions,  what 
were  they  beside  the  peculiar  troubles  of 
Ahab  as  the  enemy  of  heaven?  The 
sorrows  of  Paul  at  the  block,  or  Ignatius 


200  UPWARD. 

in  the  amphitheatre,  were  as  a  feather 
compared  with  the  leaden  woes  concealed 
under  the  imperial  robes  of  Nero  or  Tra- 
jan. The  riot  of  the  wicked  passions  is 
often  the  immediate  cause  of  the  most 
awful  outward  judgments  which  are  felt 
this  side  of  the  infernal  world.  Remorse, 
the  undying  worm,  gnaws  the  poor  sin- 
ner's conscience,  and  his  spirit  is  wearied 
out  in  the  warfare  with  an  angry  Grod. 

But  here  is  the  chief  point  of  contrast. 
While  there  are  sorrows  common  to  all, 
and  also  peculiar  tribulations  for  each 
class  of  men,  the  one  receives  a  peculiar 
support,  while  the  other  has  no  refuge 
from  the  storm.  The  sinner  battles  with 
his  troubles  helpless  and  alone,  and  must 
be  crushed  by  them  in  the  end.  But  in 
the  furnace  the  spirit  of  the  friend  of 
Christ  is  sustained  by  the  faith  that,  in 
his  case,  God  is  refining  the  gold — that  he 
is  not  pouring  out  his  fury  upon  an  enemy, 
but   he   is   chastening    whom    he   loves. 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  201 

While  the  ploughers  make  long  their  fur- 
rows upon  his  back,  a  voice  which  was 
never  whispered  in  the  ear  of  an  ungodly 
sufferer  breathes  like  the  melody  of  sera- 
phim in  his  soul :  "  Ye  now  therefore  have 
sorrow,  but  I  wrill  see  you  again,  and  your 
heart  shall  rejoice,  and  your  joy  no  man 
taketh  from  you."  "  0  thou  afflicted, 
tossed  with  tempest,  and  not  comforted ! 
.  .  .  the  mountains  shall  depart  and 
the  hills  be  removed,  but  my  kindness 
shall  not  depart  from  thee,  neither  shall 
the  covenant  of  my  peace  be  removed. 
.  .  .  This  is  the  heritage  of  the  servants 
of  the  Lord."  Appropriating  to  ourselves 
this  comfort  from  the  lips  of  our  Lord, 
sorrow  ceases  to  disturb  our  peace. 

How  incomparably  superior  to  the 
highest  human  consolation  is  this  heav- 
enly comfort!  The  resignation  of  the 
man  of  the  world  to  his  troubles  is  the 
submission  of  philosophy.  It  is  self- 
taught    and    self-sustained.      Its     avail- 


202  UPWARD. 

ability  depends  wholly  upon  his  mental 
fortitude.  This  submission  claims  to 
accomplish  nothing  more  than  a  still 
patience  under  suffering.  It  never  con- 
templates a  happy  reconciliation.  The 
language  of  such  a  submission  is,  "  Evils 
which  cannot  be  avoided  should  be  quietly 
borne.  Outcries  do  not  alleviate  suffering. 
The  noble  nature  of  man  ought  to  be 
strong  to  endure.  None  but  cowards 
faint  in  the  day  of  trouble.  Since  that 
which  is  laid  upon  us  is  an  inevitable 
destiny,  let  us  dignify  ourselves  by  scorn- 
ing to  repine/'  In  homelier  phrase,  such 
philosophical  resignation  is  just  this,  all 
told:  "  What  can't  be  cured  must  be  en- 
dured.'' 

To  one  who  is  strengthening  his  nerves 
for  this  submission  to  fate  we  say",  Take 
your  philosophy :  wre  choose  to  fall  back 
on  the  sublime  principle  of  faith  in  God. 
The  language  of  implicit  trust  in  the  aid 
of  heaven  is  the  tongue  in  which  we  will 


THE   SERVICE    OF   SUFFERING.  203 

speak  our  triumph  over  trial,  and  tell  of 
the  clear  shining  before  which  the  showers 
flee.  In  our  troubles  we  cannot  stop  at 
the  cold  maxim  that  we  ^ must  endure 
what  cannot  be  helped,  for  under  the 
teaching  of  Christ  we  have  better  learned 
why  we  are  afflicted  and  what  mercy 
dwells  in  every  woe.  Philosophy,  draw- 
ing its  sinews  into  tension  and  biting  its 
lips,  counts  it  a  feat  to  bear  trouble  with- 
out a  groan.  But  Faith,  placing  beneath 
us  the  arms  of  Everlasting  Love,  teaches 
us  to  cry  out  from  the  depths,  "  Thou 
hast  been  a  strength  to  the  poor,  a  strength 
to  the  needy  in  his  distress,  a  refuge  from 
the  storm,  a  shadow  from  the  heat,  when 
the  blast  of  the  terrible  ones  is  as  a  storm 
against  the  wall." 

Taught  in  the  school  of  faith,  we  learn 
that  no  affliction  befalls  us  without  good 
reason  on  God's  part  and  designs  of  bles- 
sedness toward  ourselves.  Every  sorrow 
is  an  essential  part  of  the  course  of  disci- 


204  IJPWAKD. 

pline  by  which  our  present  peace  is  en- 
larged and  our  future  bliss  perfected. 
The  vivacity  thus  afforded  to  patience, 
faith  and  hope,  together  with  the  love  of 
abiding  the  whole  will  of  God,  affords  a 
rich  experience  of  comfort  in  Christ — a 
calmer  and  sweeter  repose  than  we  could 
expect  to  obtain  from  a  life  of  uniform 
outward  prosperity. 


XVI. 

THE  SERVICE  OF   SUFFERING. 

THIRD CHRIST   SUSTAINING  AND   FOREARMING. 

c 

tN"E  of  the  peculiar  glories  of  religion 
is  nobly  illustrated  in  this :  it  is  a 
j  present  help  when  its  supports  are 
most  needed.  Hours  of  distressing  need 
are  before  us  all,  and  who  can  tell  but  the 
days  of  darkness  will  be  many?  This 
side  of  the  veil  no  view  of  Jesus  is  more 
precious  than  when  he  comes  walking  on 
the  sea  in  the  night  of  our  anguish. 
How  thrills  the  voice  which  is  then  heard 
above  the  roar  of  the  tempest,  "Be  ye  of 
good  cheer;  it  is  I;  be  not  afraid!"  How 
sweet  the  calm  when,  after  having  taken 
us  by  the  band,  before  the  waters  over- 
whelmed us,  he  comes  with  us  into  the 

18  205 


206  TJPWAKD. 

ship!  There  is  a  good  worldly  maxim 
which  says,  "  A  friend  in  need  is  a  friend 
indeed."  But  blessed  above  all  human 
power  to  bless  is  union  to  Christ  through 
all  the  present  life — life  as  it  is  and  will 
be  in  all  human  experience.  On  all  that 
experience  the  fearful  truth  is  deeply  en- 
graved, that 

"  Grief  is  rooted  in  our  souls, 
And  man  grows  up  to  mourn." 

It  does  not. follow  that  the  Christian 
should  become  a  sad  contemplator  of  the 
world,  who  sees  in  it  nothing  but  gloom, 
and  whose  heart  is  ever  strung  for  mourn- 
ful melodies.  The  earth,  even  in  its 
moral  wreck,  is  still  a  bright  and  beauti- 
ful world,  redolent  of  sweets  for  those 
who  understand  their  enjoyment.  Still, 
who  can  hope  to  escape  a  life  of  trouble? 
Who  that  lives  only  for  the  comforts  of 
earth  can  look  upon,  his  loveliest  enjoy- 
ments without  a  dread  feeling  of  insecu- 
rity for  the  next  hour?     Whose  feet  are 


THE   SERVICE   OF    SUFFERING.  207 

not,  even  now,  bleeding  from  the  thorns 
which  grow  in  his  path? 

Looking  soberly  at  what  has  befallen 
us,  and  what  must  befall  us  still,  we  feel 
this  fullness  of  value  in  the  support  of 
Christ,  that  he  is  a  near  helper*  in  the 
hour  of  need — nearest  when  the  necessity 
of  his  friend  is  deepest.  There  is  one 
glaring  view  of  the  worthlessness  of  the 
world  as  a  helper,  which  the  wild  eye  of 
sin  fails  to  catch,  viz. :  Worldly  supports 
fail  most  cruelly  when  their  need  is  most 
direfully  felt.  When  the  spirit  of  the 
sinner  is  most  nearly  famished,  then  the 
cup  is  most  sure  to  be  dashed  from  his 
lips.  Let  the  unhappy  votary  of  the 
world  meet  a  change  of  fortune,  let  pros- 
perity forsake  him  and  troubles  throng 
him,  and  he  will  learn  that  human  reli- 
ances are  most  inhumanly  false  at  the 
exact  time  when  their  falseness  is  most 
keenly  felt.  The  discarded  favorite  of 
Henry    VIII.     experienced     only    what 


208  UPWARD. 

thousands  before  him  had  felt,  and  thous- 
ands to  come  will  feel,  wrhen  he  exclaimed 
(or  rather  is  made  to  say) , 

"  Oh,  Cromwell !  Cromwell ! 
Had  I  but  served  my  God  with  half  the  zeal 
I  served  my  king,  he  would  not,  in  my  age, 
Have  left  me  naked  to  my  enemies." 

But  the  hour  of  extremity  is  our 
Saviour's  chosen  time  for  bringing  forth 
his  best  comforts.  The  richest  offices  of 
his  grace  are  reserved  for  exigencies  when, 
without  its  aid,  the  spirit  would  be  crushed. 
When  every  other  stream  of  comfort  is 
dry,  the  river  from  this  fountain  over- 
flows its  banks.  The  Comforter  comes 
to  those  whom  the  world  has  cast  out  and 
trodden  down,  with  loaded  hands  and 
words  of  cheer.  To  the  mourner  who 
dares  not  look  around,  for  all  is  drear,  he 
says,  "Look  up!"  and  lo!  the  transport 
of  the  celestial  vision  makes  a  morning 
of  joy  after  a  night  of  weeping. 

Affliction  becomes  a  means  of  sanctified 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  209 

happiness  when  it  is  attended  by  an  ex- 
quisite perception  of  the  sympathy  of 
Christ.  "In  all  our  afflictions  he  was  af- 
flicted." The  most  delightful  experiences 
of  grace  are  those  which  afford  the  live- 
liest apprehension  of  nearness  to  the 
Saviour.  Communion  with  our  unseen 
Lord  is  felt  in  almost  sensual  reality 
when  he  speaks  to  our  stricken  hearts  of 
his  own  fellow-feeling  in  our  grief.  We 
are  sometimes  almost  in  wonder  whether 
it  is  not  a  real  vision  to  the  eye  of  sense:. 
we  involuntarily  look  around,  as  if  ex- 
pecting to  behold  the  actual  "form  of  the 
fourth,  like  the  Son  of  God,"  walking  by 
our  side  in  .the  furnace  of  fire,  when  the 
voice  is  so  near  and  comes  in  such  a  still- 
ing whisper:  "When  thou  passest  through 
the  waters,  I  will  be  with  thee,  and  through 
the  rivers,  they  shall  not  overflow  thee; 
when  thou  walkest  through  the  fire,  thou 
shalt  not  be  burned,  neither  shall  the 
flame  kindle  upon  thee." 

18  *  0 


210  UPWARD. 

During  the  persecution  of  Christians 
under  the  Emperor  Julian,  one  Theodorus 
was  laid  upon  the  rack.  His  executioners 
loosened  the  instrument  before  the  fatal 
extreme,  and  gave  him  a  brief  respite,  in 
hope  that  the  dread  of  further  torture 
would  move  him  to  renounce  Christ. 
But  he  exhibited  a  patience  so  surprising 
that  he  was  asked  how  it  was  possible  for 
him  to  endure  so  much  with  so  little  de- 
monstration of  anguish.  "  At  first,"  said 
he,  "I  felt  pain,  but  afterward  there  ap- 
peared to  stand  by  me  a  young  man,  who 
wiped  the  sweat  from  my  face  and  fre- 
quently refreshed  me  with  cold  water, 
which  so  delighted  me  that  I  almost  re- 
gretted being  taken  from  the  rack." 
Shall  we  call  this  vision  the  delusion  of  a 
fancy  bewildered  by  the  condition  of  the 
body?  Not  if  we  believe  the  spirit  and 
power  of  the  promise,  "Lo!  I  am  with 
you." 

The  bare  thought  of  the  presence  of 


the  service  of  suffering.         211 

Christ  with  us  in  our  sorrows  falls  far 
short  of  what  is  implied  in  his  fellow- 
feeling.  We  have  no  sufficient  view  of 
his  supporting  love  until  we  think  of 
him  as  taking  part  in  our  sufferings.  He 
who  draws  near  to  sorrowing  humanity 
with  words  of  kindness  and  hope  was 
himself  the  "  man  of  sorrows."  Cast  off 
by  those  for  whose  good  he  came  to  labor 
and  die;  poorer  in  worldly  wealth  than 
the  foxes  and  birds  ;  at  one  time  shunning 
a  murderous  mob ;  at  another  weeping 
tears  of  affliction  at  the  grave  of  a  dear 
friend,  and  again  shrinking  with  human 
dread  from  the  prospect  of  coming  woes, — 
his  catalogue  of  griefs  seemed  to  embrace 
almost  the  entire  sweep  of  mortal  expo- 
sures. 

His  atoning  death  is  not  here  brought 
into  the  account.  Those  were  the  sorrows 
of  his  life.  That  was  the  experience 
which  arms  his  sympathy  with  such  sus- 
taining   strength    for    us.     Through    his 


212  UPWARD. 

own  knowledge  of  the  conflict  he  is  able 
to  succor  the  tempted.  Our  griefs  are 
written  with  the  pen  of  experience  upon 
his  heart.  This  is  the  companionship  of 
the  Angel  of  his  Presence,  walking  hand 
in  hand  with  us  through  every  dark  way 
in  our  pilgrimage,  himself  plucking  the 
thorns  from  our  flesh,  and  cheering  us 
when  ready  to  faint  by  telling  how  he 
overcame  and  sat  down  with  the  Father 
in  his  throne,  and  how  we  shall  share  in 
the  same  regal  triumph  when  we  over- 
come. 

The  sorrows  of  life  bring  yet  another 
consolation  to  those  who  are  "exercised 
thereby."  They  deaden  our  unlawful 
ambitions,  subdue  our  perversities  and 
teach  us  to  live  more  for  heaven  than 
for  the  world.  They  bring  us  face  to  face 
with  those  subjects  of  thought  which  en- 
large our  admiration  of  the  government 
of  Grod,  and  thus  they  increase  our  holi- 
ness and  exalt  our  joys.     Under  the  ad- 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  213 

ministration  of  that  government  all  par- 
ticular dispensations  are  woven  into  one 
comprehensive  system  of  good  and  glory. 
Faith  beholds  in  each  of  our  trials  a  con- 
tribution toward  the  great  purpose  which 
must  be  consummated.  By  fastening  our 
attention  to  these  views,  God  leads  our 
wills  kindly  along  to  submission  to  his 
general  purpose.     Self  is  lost  in  God. 

Self  lost  in  God !  When  this  result  is 
reached,  his  glory  and  our  peace  are  in- 
separable. The  last  occasion  for  revolt 
from  personal  distress  is  removed.  Our 
happiness  is  loosened  from  its  anchorage 
to  the  selfish  ground  of  personal  pros- 
perity, and  finds  its  moorings  in  the  will 
of  God.  Holding  fast  there,  we  are 
above  trouble.  All  our  wishes  concern- 
ing providential  events  come  around  to 
the  one  desire  that  God  should  reign. 
He  will  reign  for  ever ;  and  embarking 
our  whole  happiness  in  that  truth,  we 
shall  be  serene  for  ever.     We  may  be  for- 


214  UPWARD. 

saken,  maligned,  poor,  disappointed  in 
our  personal  ambition,  broken  in  health, 
or  robbed  by  unfeeling  death  of  our 
dearest  friends  ;  but  what  then  ?  These 
are  the  acts  of  the  Divine  administration, 
which  we  love  better  than  we  loved  any 
lost  good.  It  is  "  our  Father  at  the 
helm,"  amid  the  fury  of  the  winds  and 
the  surges  of  the  ocean.  God  reigns, 
and  what  more  do  we  wrant  ? 

Many  of  our  allotments  may  be  so  dark 
that  faith  itself  shrinks  from  the  inquiry 
why  these  things  are  so.  But  even  then, 
commensurate  with  the  mystery  of  the 
dispensation  will  be  the  peacefulness  of 
trusting  our  Saviour's  word,  "  What  I  do 
thou  knowest  not  now,  but  thou  shalt  know 
hereafter."  As  a  schooling  for  the  endow- 
ments of  heaven,  trust  is  often  better  than 
knowledge.  We  are  often  better  and  hap- 
pier for  the  necessity  which  resolves  our 
carnal  anxiety  to  know  all  into  this  sen- 
timent of  unbounded  confidence :  "  Even 


THE    SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  215 

so,  Father,  for  so  it  seemed  good  in  thy 
sight." 

In  holy  trust  there  is  one  feature  of 
sterling  value  which  distinguishes  the 
genuine  from  the  false.  The  true  is, 
throughout  all  the  Christian's  experience, 
an  ever-living  sentiment — the  prevalent 
tone  of  his  feelings  toward  the  govern- 
ment of  God.  It  is  not  a  temporary  ex- 
ercise, produced  to  meet  some  particular 
trial,  enduring  as  long  as  the  memory  of 
the  occasion  lasts,  and  then  laid  to  sleep 
until  some  new  affliction  summons  it  to 
reawaken.  True  submission  surveys  the 
whole  field  of  God's  dispensation  toward 
ourselves;  it  looks  at  his  past  dealings 
which  are  known,  and  then  at  the  un- 
known future;  it  contemplates  the  vicis- 
situdes to  which  we  are  yet  exposed,  as 
well  as  those  which  have  been  experi- 
enced, and  acquiescing  alike  in  all,  it  be- 
comes an  abiding  happy  confidence  that 
our  heavenly  Father  not  only  hath  done, 


216  .      UPWARD. 

but  will  yet  do,  all  things  well.  No  re- 
conciliation of  any  narrower  scope  has 
power  to  bring  forth  pure  peace.  This 
alone  is  the  art  of  deriving  happiness 
from  suffering  the  will  of  God. 

Submission  to  afflictions  only  at  the 
times  when  they  are  felt  is  seldom  any- 
thing better  than  the  sullen  patience  of 
the  philosopher,  who  says  that  since  the 
calamity  has  occurred,  and  is  beyond 
remedy,  it  may  as  well  be  peaceably  en- 
dured. But  a  holy  acquiescence  in  any 
past  dealing  of  God  leads  to  a  similar 
trust  in  all  which  he  is  }^et  to  do  with  us. 
We  then  contemplate  the  most  precious 
earthly  comfort  which  still  abides  with 
us;  we  think  of  all  the  happiness  which 
it  has  afforded,  and  of  what  we  are  still 
expecting  from  the  enjoyment  of  it;  and 
then,  without  one  rebellious  emotion,  we 
submit  that  living  comfort  to  the  dispen- 
sation of  Heaven,  to  be  left  or  taken — 
"Not  as  I  will,  but  as  thou  wilt."     Thus 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  217 

accepting  all  dispensations  to  come  in 
the  same  unrepining  spirit  which  we  feel 
toward  past  heavenly  chastisements,  we 
gain  satisfying  assurance  that  our  resig- 
nation is  the  fruit  of  cordial  attachment 
to  the  government  of  God. 

The  power  of  the  Divine  Spirit  must 
be  invoked  to  work  in  the  heart  this 
abiding  satisfaction  with  the  whole  will 
of  God.  But  when  it  is  once  wrought, 
we  are  armed  in  advance  for  any  possible 
trouble.  Things  to  come  as  well  as 
things  present,  "all  are  yours."  We 
are  alike  supported  now  and  girded  for 
all  future  fights  with  affliction.  When 
the.  hour  of  calamity  comes,  the  great 
battle  with  our  wilful  tempers  is  not  to 
be  fought.  The  question  of  pleasant  sub- 
mission is  already  settled,  and  by  that 
early  settlement  of  matters  between  our- 
selves and  the  Divine  administration  we 
have  deprived  tribulation  of  its  power 
over  our  peace. 

19 


218  UPWARD. 

In  such  a  frame  we  are  sure  of  the  sup- 
port of  Heaven  in  all  our  trials.  Our 
hearts  are  open  to  the  whole  consolation 
which  Christ  brings  to  those  who  drink 
his  cup  and  receive  his  baptism  of  sor- 
row. As  the  attractions  of  earth  are  loos- 
ened, those  of  heaven  fasten  themselves 
more  firmly  upon  us.  The  "  exceeding 
and  eternal  weight  of  glory"  is  a  more 
beatific  contemplation  when  it  is  placed 
in  contrast  with  uour  light  affliction, 
which  is  but  for  a  moment."  Looking 
up  from  the  vales  of  gloom,  faith  gains 
its  best  view  of  the  light  and  glory  which 
settles  around  the  everlasting  hills. 
Turning  disappointed  from  the  waters 
of  Marah,  which  only  mocked  our  thirst, 
how  sweet  to  drink  from  the  river  of 
God! 

Exemption  from  the  sorrows  of  life  we 
no  longer  expect  until  we  reach  the  im- 
mortal shore.  The  enjoyment  of  undis- 
turbed worldly  bliss  was  no  part  of  the 


THE   SERVICE   OF   SUFFERING.  219 

terms  under  which  we  were  admitted  to 
discipleship.  In  the  deed  of  the  surren- 
der of  ourselves  to  Christ  wre  left  those 
lines  which  should  describe  our  earthly 
portion  a  blank  for  him  to  fill,  and  we  ex- 
pected that  many  words  of  sorrow  would 
be  traced  there.  It  is  enough  for  us  to 
know  that  all  our  corrections  are  with 
judgment,  and  not  in  anger,  and  that 
they  are  appointed  by  that  Infinite  Love 
who  knows  our  frame  and  remembers 
that  we  are  dust.  The  promise  of  sup- 
port is  confirmed  by  all  our  experience 
of  the  past  and  by  the  history  of  the 
friends  of  God  in  every  age.  From  the 
darkest  of  his  ways  the  brightest  illus- 
trations of  his  love  have  always  shone. 
In  all  his  dealings  with  his  friends,  bring- 
ing power  to  the  faint,  courage  to  the 
trembling  and  joy  to  the  sorrowing,  he 
affords  us  the  assurance  of  the  same 
grace  in  the  same  hour  of  need.  The 
unbroken   line  of  godly  experience   has 


220  UPWARD. 

strengthened  the  promise  of  ages  gone, 
that  "when  the  poor  and  needy  seek 
water,  and  there  is  none,  and  their  tongue 
faileth  for  thirst,  I  the  Lord  will  hear 
them;  I  the  God  of  Israel  will  not  for- 
sake them." 


W^^: 


XVII. 

THE  BORDER  LAND. 

FIRST — REASSURANCE. 

v 

If  N"  the  peace  which  Jesus  sheds  upon 
I   the  living  pilgrim's  path  we  have  seen 
his    u  beauty  why  we  should   desire 
him."    We  have  found  in  his  consolations 
this  wondrous  adaptation,  distinguishing 
them  from  all   helps   which   this   world 
offers,    that    they   are    nearest    at   hand 
when  other  supports  are  most  treacherous. 
Thus   we   have    learned   to    characterize 
them  as  "  grace  to  help  in  time  of  need." 
Then  can  we  so  enthrone  faith  as  to  trust 
our  Redeemer  to  the  last?    An  event  is  ap- 
proaching which  to  us  is  untried — a  scene 
whose  terrors  for  the  human  nature  are  un- 
precedented in  all  our  past  experience  of 
19  *  221 


222  UPWARD. 

the  glooms  of  life.  Will  it  not  contain  too 
many  elements  of  dismay  to  allow  us  to 
maintain  our  serenity,  even  at  the  com- 
mand of  the  Prince  of  Peace?  These  are 
becoming  inquiries  for  the  thoughtful  soul, 
conscious  of  drawing  near  the  line  which 
divides  this  from  the  world  of  spirits. 
Will  the  grace  which  has  sustained  us  in 
the  trials  of  life  be  an  adequate  support 
in  the  darker  hour  of  death  ?  If  we  have 
sometimes  been  wearied  in  the  race  with 
the  footmen,  how  will  we  contend  with 
the  horses?  If  frequently  appalled  in 
the  land  of  peace,  how  will  we  do  in  the 
swellings  of  Jordan  ? 

Let  the  past  speak.  Has  God  ever 
failed  to  honor  the  faith  of  his  friends? 
In  every  earthly  vicissitude  has  not  the 
experience  of  his  grace  been  such  as  to 
inspire  unbounded  trust  for  the  untried 
future?  The  supports  which  have  thus 
far  sustained  our  rugged  pilgrimage, 
have  they  not  so  illustrated  the  Divine 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  223 

method  of  strength  for  the  day  that  we 
involuntarily  expect  something  better 
than  all  the  past  to  close  up  our  earthly 
experience  of  the  comforts  of  Christ? 
The  manner  in  which  he  has  drawn  most 
near  when  without  him  we  should  have 
been  most  desolate,  does  it  not  arm  us 
with  confidence  that,  in  the  final  conflict, 
the  everlasting  supports  will  be  firm  and 
gentle  beyond  all  we  have  hitherto  felt? 

The  soul  listens  for  what  God  wTill  him- 
self speak.  Inspired  by  the  experience 
of  the  past,  it  expects  to  hear  the  best 
words  of  love  for  the  darkest  hour  of 
nature.  It  turns  to  the  recorded  prom- 
ises, and  lo!  it  is  all  written,  just  as 
might  have  been  expected,  for  the  friend 
of  Jesus  trembling  on  the  shore  of  mor- 
tality:  "  Yea,  though  I  walk  through  the 
valley  of  the  shadow  of  death,  I  will  fear 
no  evil,  for  thou  art  with  me  ;  thy  rod  and 
thy  staff,  they  comfort  me;"  "We  know 
that  if  our  earthly  house  of  this  taber- 


224  UPWARD. 

nacle  were  dissolved,  we  have  a  building 
of  God,  an  house  not  made  with  hands, 
eternal  in  the  heavens  ;"  "  My  flesh  and 
my  heart  faileth,  but  God  is  the  strength 
of  my  heart,  and  my  portion  for  ever." 

We  note  the  experience  of  those  who 
have  tested  the  sustaining  power  of  grace 
to  the  end,  and  there  again  it  is  told  as  we 
should  expect.  "  How  now  about  that 
trust  in  the  Lord,  of  which  we  have  so 
often  spoken?"  was  once  inquired  of  an 
aged  disciple  on  her  dying  bed.  "  Eighty 
years  long,"  she  replied,  "my  heavenly 
Father  has  borne  me  through  every  trial, 
and  I  am  not  afraid  to  trust  him  now." 
In  the  same  community  an  old  man  rose  in 
a  public  religious  assembly,  and  said  that 
for  almost  fifty  years  he  had  been  striving 
to  serve  his  Redeemer,  and  the  comforts 
of  the  service  had  grown  better  and  bet- 
ter all  the  time.  The  next  week  he  was 
unexpectedly  prostrated  by  disease,  and 
informed  that  he  must  die.     He  was  re- 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  225 

minded  of  his  words  just  quoted,  and 
asked  what  he  thought  of  those  comforts 
now.  "  Still  better  and  better,"  he  re- 
plied ;  "  Christ  is  all  my  support,  but  he 
is  enough.  I  can  truly  say  my  cup  run- 
neth over."  Numerous  examples  of  this 
highest  power  of  sustaining  grace  in  the 
utmost  extremity  confirm  the  trembling 
believer's  faith.  If  we  can  but  yield  our 
souls  to  its  influence,  the  bitterness  of 
death  is  already  past.  We  lose  our 
dread  of  contemplating 

"The  scene  where  Christians  die — 
Where  holy  souls  retire  to  rest." 

"The  "trembling"  and  "lingering" 
notes  drop  out  from  the  song,  while  the 
"  hoping,"  "  flying,"  and  "  bliss  of  dying," 
swell  more  joyous  from  the  valley,  the 
bank  and  the  midst  of  the  river,  until 
they  are  absorbed  in  the  celestial  harmo- 
nies which  sweep  from  the  harps  of  gold. 

We  do  not  however  look  for  unifor- 


226  UPWARD. 

mity  in  the  manifestations  of  this  one 
spirit  of  overcoming  faith.  The  t}^pe  of 
Christian  emotion  varies  in  different 
minds  during  life ;  and  there  is  no  magic 
in  a  dying  bed  to  reduce  all  constitu- 
tional tempers  to  one  cast.  Different 
minds  will  experience  differing  operations 
of  the  faith  which  Jesus  reserves  for  the 
dying  hour  of  his  friends,  ranging  from 
tranquillity  to  ecstasy,  and  there  will  be  a 
similar  variety  in  the  outward  expression 
of  this  faith. 

One  is  triumphant  in  death.  The  con- 
queror's sword  is  in  his  hand,  and  the  vic- 
tor's shout  on  his  lips.  Leaning  on  Christ, 
he  defies  the  powers  of  darkness.  He  is 
on  the  wing,  and  his  spirit  is  already  as 
tuneful  as  a  seraph's.  He  is  straitened 
for  words  to  publish  his  joy,  and  he 
would  gladly  summon  the  universe  to 
come  and  hear  what  God  is  doing  for 
him. 

Another  carries  a  feeling  of  self-abase- 


THE   BOEDER   LAND.  227 

ment  to  the  last.  The  thought  that  he  is 
just  about  to  be  for  ever  saved  by  grace 
arrays  all  his  personal  unworthiness  once 
more  before  his  view,  and  he  only  dares 
to  say  that,  as  an  undeserving  sinner,  he 
dies  trusting  in  Christ. 

The  feelings  of  another  are  placid  and 
his  expressions  are  calm.  His  soul  melts 
under  a  view  of  the  great  mercy  of  God. 
He  has  long  been  accustomed  to  obtain 
from  the  quiet  visits  of  his  Saviour's  love 
more  comfort  than  he  has  told  of,  and  the 
present  aspects  of  his  experience  are  deep 
and  gentle  peace.  There  is  little  that  is 
apparent  to  distinguish  this  hour  from 
other  seasons  of  life.  He  served  God 
while  living,  and  built  his  hope  gradually 
but  firmly  on  the  cross  of  Christ.  The 
great  change  through  which  he  is  passing 
is  an  event  long  familiar  to  his  medita- 
tions. His  work  is  done,  and  what  re- 
mains for  him  in  this  world  but  to 
die? 


228  UPWARD. 

These  are  the  "  diversities  of  operations" 
of  "the  same  Spirit,"  and  "it  is  the  same 
God  which  worketh  all  in  all."  Under 
all  these  exhibitions  of  confidence,  wher- 
ever we  see  evidence  of  their  genuineness, 
we  recognize  the  repose  of  the  soul  under 
the  shadow  of  dying  faith.  Christ  is  the 
rod  and  staff,  comforting  them  all  along 
their  march  through  the  valley  of  the 
shadow  of  death.  The  one  voice  which 
they  all  speak  is,  "What  time  I  am 
afraid,  I  will  trust  in  thee." 

The  range  from  within  which  thoughts 
tributary  to  this  peace  may  be  gathered 
up  is  wride.  The  glory  to  be  revealed 
breaks  upon  the  eye  on  which  the  world 
is  darkening  in  a  rich  variety  of  lights. 
There  are  exemptions  and  acquisitions, 
excellent  losses  and  no  less  excellent 
gains,  beauties  of  character  and  beati- 
tudes of  state,  all  embraced  in  that  which 
is  the  best  and  the  pledge  of  them  all — the 
covenant  of  everlasting  love.     These  are 


THE   BORDER   LAND.  229 

the  things  which  are  hung  like  lamps  of 
heaven  all  around  the  valley  of  the 
shadow  of  death. 

Among  the  elements  of  this  peace,  de- 
liverance from  the  anguish  of  the  sinner's 
last  hours  holds  no  mean  place.  There  is 
no  light  in  the  dying  chamber  where  par- 
don has  not  been  spoken  and  hope  does 
not  come.  Death,  viewed  simply  as  an 
event  in  the  course  of  nature,  is  fearful 
enough  to  all.  But  with  the  soul  whose 
departure  is  hopeless  of  mercy  all  its 
natural  solemnness  is  absorbed  in  the 
frightful  expectation  of  meeting  the 
Judge  and  hearing  the  final  doom.  Then 
thoughts  of  unforgiven  sin  crowd  upon 
the  conscience,  and  the  frowns  of  an 
angry  God  come  in  vision  before  the 
dying  sinner's  eye.  It  would  seem  suffi- 
ciently dreadful  to  be  forced  to  a  sullen, 
reluctant  and  eternal  parting  from  a  world 
where  all  his  affections  are  treasured,  and 
beyond  which  he  has  not  a  single  object 

20 


230  UPWARD. 

of  love.  But  even  the  thought  of  what 
he  is  leaving  is  often  forgotten  in  the 
wilder  thought  of  whither  he  is  going. 
The  helpless  debtor  who  has  allowed  an 
account  to  roll  up  against  himself  until 
he  is  afraid  even  to  think  how  large  it 
must  be,  looks  appalled  upon  the  sum- 
mons to  a  reckoning.  So  with  the  poor 
soul  out  of  Christ  and  on  the  last  inch 
of  time;  he  has  nothing  but  liabilities  on 
the  book  of  heaven,  and  now  the  day  of 
settlement  has  come.  The  long  disagree- 
ment between  himself  and  Grod  is  hence- 
forth past  reconciliation.  For  him  the 
door  of  mercy,  which  is  now  closing,  will 
open  no  more. 

But  sad  as  this  contemplation  is,  what 
glory  it  lends  to  the  contrast!  Justified 
in  the  atonement  and  secured  by  the  in- 
tercession of  the  Redeemer,  the  believer 
dies  under  his  Lord's  reconciling  grace. 
He  is  removed  from  the  world  in  love, 
not  in  wrath.     He  knows  that  his  Re- 


THE   BORDER   LAND.  231 

deemer  liveth,  and  he  expects  to  stand 
under  the  shelter  of  his  advocacy  when 
he  appears  before  God.  Sins,  from  the 
curse  of  which  he  has  already  obtained 
redemption,  are  not  allowed  to  flit  around 
his  pillow  and  frighten  him  with  dismal 
apprehensions.  Death  has  not  come  to 
change  him  from  one  state  of  sinfulness 
to  a  lower  depth  of  depravity,  nor  to  re- 
move him  from  a  world  of  hope  to  a 
realm  of  despair.  All  through  his  past 
pilgrim  days  the  voice  which  first  told 
him  to  be  of  good  cheer,  for  his  sins  were 
forgiven,  has  remained  in  his  soul  like 
the  lingering  vibrations  of  some  song  of 
the  skies.  Now  its  echoes  are  filling,  and 
they  more  than  renew  the  transports 
which  they  first  awoke.  Where  has 
language  any  terms  for  expressing  the 
beauty  of  such  a  thought  as  this — he  dies 
justified,  adopted  and  sanctified,  in  peace 
with  God!  He  is  sustained  by  that  which 
is  even  better  than  hope,  for  his  Lord  is 


232  UPWARD. 

there.  It  is  the  voice  of  the  Messenger 
of  the  Covenant  which  says,  "I  am  with 
you."  He  listens  and  knows  The  Pres- 
ence in  his  soul. 


XVIII. 

THE   BORDER    LAND. 
SECOND — THE   GLOOM   AND   THE   LIGHT. 

fHE  awfulness  of  death,  viewed  only 
as  a  natural  occurrence,  has  been 
J  mentioned.  Let  us  retouch  those 
sombre  shades,  that  they  may  give  vivid- 
ness to  the  contrast  when  the  covenant 
of  Christ  is  exhibited  as  a  sanctuary  from 
the  carnal  dread  of  dying. 

Independent  of  all  moral  considera- 
tions, gloom  gathers  around  the  subject 
of  death.  It  is  regarded  as  the  crowning 
calamity  of  human  existence — -that  which 
men  take  most  care  to  avoid  and  expect 
with  most  dread.  "  All  that  a  man  hath 
will  he  give  for  his  life."  As  a  figure, 
death   is   often   employed   to   afford   the 

20  •  233 


234  UPWARD. 

most  terrible  impression  of  objects.  When 
we  say  of  any  allotment,  that  it  is  bitter 
as  death,  or  of  any  human  passion,  that 
it  is  cruel  as  the  grave,  we  mean  to  make 
the  darkest  representation  of  it  which 
words  will  afford. 

These  gloomy  viewTs  of  death  approach 
every  mind.  The  friends  of  Christ  are 
often  slow  in  rising  above  them.  They 
are  not  strictly  afraid  to  die ;  that  is, 
they  have  no  tormenting  dread  of  the 
event.  They  expect  their  Redeemer  to 
be  with  them,  and  they  look  for  peace 
from  his  presence.  But  the  involuntary 
recoil  of  nature  often  lingers,  like  the 
muscular  tremblings  of  a  healed  patient, 
not  as  the  sign  of  present  disease,  but  the 
token  of  its  past  severity.  We  "  start  at 
death's  alarms,"  and  we  should  probably 
be  agitated  by  the  unexpected  intelligence 
that  we  have  not  another  day  to  live. 

Among  these  natural  glooms  of  death 
faith  does  its  reassuring  work  as  truly  as 


THE   BORDER   LAND.  235 

when  dealing  with  its  moral  terrors. 
Trust  in  the  covenant  is  the  sanctuary 
whose  portals  shut  the  Christian  in  and 
the  dreads  without. 

One  of  the  dark  aspects  of  death,  when 
viewed  from  the  stand-point  of  human 
nature,  is  the  separation  of  the  dying 
from  all  that  is  dear  to  them  on  earth. 
Things  and  friends  who  have  been  objects 
of  familiarity  and  fondness  are  now  to 
be  lost  in  the  darkness  of  earth.  We 
leave  them  all ;  mere  earthly  love  is  no 
more.  The  parting  scene  is  solemn  and 
affecting.  It  is  an  hour  when  the  nat- 
ural affections  are  awakened  to  the  most 
excessive  tenderness  of  which  they  are 
susceptible ;  and  the  one  who  is  passing 
away  often  shares  their  intensity  with 
those  wrho  are  weeping  around  his  bed. 
The  sorrow  of  sundering  natural  ties  is 
inseparable  from  natural  love,  and  there 
is  nothing  derogatory  to  the  character  of 
piety  in  a  falling  tear  and  parting  pang, 


236  UPWARD. 

which  betray  that  something  is  sacrificed 
for  the  final  gain  of  everything.  God 
never  intended  that  holy  affections  should 
make  us  cold  to  the  natural  attachments 
of  life.  Our  Lord  and  Master,  Jesus 
himself,  wept  true  human  tears  at  the 
grave  of  his  friend.  Far  from  us  be  that 
religion  which  would  turn  our  humanity 
into  stone ! 

But  the  past  experiences  of  grace  have 
all  along  prepared  the  dying  Christian 
for  these  painful  separations.  The  objects 
of  his  holy  affections  have  gradually  mul- 
tiplied, and  he  has  been  inspired  with  a 
growing  love  for  the  employments,  the 
company,  the  Saviour  and  the  King  of 
heaven,  until  it  has  become  with  him  a 
settled  state  of  feeling  that,  good  as  it 
'might  seem  to  remain  for  the  comfort  of 
friends,  it  will  be  infinitely  better  to  de- 
part and  be  with  Christ.  God  has  wrought 
within  him  the  habit  of  keeping  a  loose 
hold  of  present  delights,  and  taught  him 


THE   BORDER   LAND.  237 

to  live  more  upon  such  abiding  joys  as 
he  can  carry  with  him,  than  upon  the 
pleasures  which  can  go  no  farther  than 
earth.  In  such  ways  he  has  forearmed 
his  friends  against  any  overwhelming 
sorrow,  when  the  hour  of  parting  comes. 
They  lose  only  what  they  expected  to 
leave  when  the  soul  should  stretch  her 
wings  for  her  passage  to  the  skies.  What 
was  really  unworthy  of  their  love  they 
have  learned  to  disregard.  What  was 
wrorthy  of  their  attachment,  but  was 
only  adapted  to  their  comfort  as  pass- 
ing travelers,  is  easily  exchanged  for 
the  superior  delights  of  their  abiding 
home. 

The  friend  of  God,  feeling  that  his  eyes 
are  about  to  close  upon  the  world  for  ever, 
may  ask  to  be  carried  to  the  window  of 
his  chamber.  There  he  may  look  out  for 
the  last  time  upon  the  rising  sun,  the 
glowing  sky,  the  green  wood  and  sprightly 
brook  where  he  has  had  so  many  pleasant 


238  UPWARD. 

rambles,  and  the  arbor  around  which  his 
own  hands  taught  the  vine  to  entwine 
itself  in  so  tasteful  beauty.  What  if  a 
shadow  does  cross  his  brow,  at  the  thought 
that  he  is  to  look  upon  these  delightful 
things  of  God  no  more?  It  is  but  a 
shadow,  and  that  for  a  moment  only,  for 
the  eternal  sun  is  rising,  and  faith  even 
now  is  gazing  upon  skies  which  are  never 
darkened.  He  forsakes  the  strolls  of 
earth  to  walk  along  the  river  clear  as 
crystal,  shaded  by  the  tree  of  life.  There 
can  be  no  disturbing  sorrowr  in  the 
change,  when  the  same  breath  which  bids 
the  world  farewell  welcomes  heaven. 

So  much  of  the  affection  between  the 
dying  believer  and  the  friends  from  whom 
he  parts  as  has  been  sanctified  by  their 
mutual  love  of  Christ,  will  remain  un- 
broken. Love  which  has  been  refined  by 
grace  is  immortal.  There  is  no  reason 
to  suppose  that  death  ever  suspends  the  . 
attachment  of  the  glorified  spirit  for  the 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  239 

pious  friends  whom  he  has  left  in  the 
world. 

The  Christian  reader  can  now  fix  his 
thoughts  upon  some  former  companions 
of  his  pilgrimage  who  have  outstripped 
him  in  the  heavenly  race,  and  are  at 
home  with  Christ.  They  wTere  dear — 
God  only  knows  how  dear! — while  you 
walked  together  below.  Their  love  for 
you  was  never  warmer  and  purer  than  at 
the  moment  when  they  rejoiced  to  leave 
your  immediate  society  for  that  of  heaven. 
You  know  their  departure  has  not  changed 
your  affection  for  them,  and  can  you  sup- 
pose it  has  weaned  them  from  you?  Sub- 
ordinate to  the  place  which  God  occupies, 
the  bereaved  Christian  has  in  his  heart 
a  little  altar  where  his  glorified  friend  is 
enshrined;  and  the  fire  of  that  altar  is 
fanned  by  the  breath  of  many  prayers 
for  a  blessed  reunion  where  those  who 
meet  part  no  more.  And  why  should  we 
suppose  that  any  holy  fondness  has  been 


240  UPWARD. 

extinguished  in  the  hearts  of  those  who 
are  now  among  the  spirits  of  the  just, 
because  they  have  exchanged  this  chilly 
abode  for  that  world  where, 

"Kept  by  a  Father's  hand, 
Love  cannot  die?" 

God's  word  makes  it  certain  that  heaven 
is  a  scene  of  the  holiest  and  happiest 
social  attachments.  All  the  fondness 
which  on  earth  was  really  worthy  of  nour- 
ishment is  there  preserved  and  purified; 
and  there  the  range  of  affections  is  en- 
larged by  the  soul's  coming  into  inti- 
macy with  new  and  nobler  objects  of  re- 
gard. 

With  such  visions  opening,  the  part- 
ing trials  at  death  lose  their  power  over 
the  peace  of  the  dying  Christian.  The 
view  of  faith  brightens  in  proportion  as 
the  film  gathers  over  the  outward  eye. 
We  shall  see  less  and  less  of  what  we 
are  leaving,  while  we  have  enlarging 
views  of  the  compensating  gains.     What 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  241 

were  the  losses  of  earth  to  the  Christian 
martyrs  who,  "full  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 
looked  up  steadfastly  into  heaven,  and 
saw  the  glory  of  God  and  Jesus  standing 
on  the  right  hand  of  God."  "Farewell," 
said  a  noble  Roman  of  the  Imperial  age, 
departing  from  the  world — "farewell,  oh 
farewell,  all  earthly  things!  and  welcome 
heaven!  From  this  time  let  none  speak 
of  earthly  things  to  me!"  For  one  who 
in  this  spirit  is  plumed  for  the  upward 
flight,  what  are  the  pangs  of  departing 
farewells? 

While  the  Christian  is  in  the  border 
land,  faith  comes  to  his  aid  against 
another  of  the  natural  glooms  of  death — 
the  dread  of  the  unknown  beyond. 

Into  this  darkness  Divine  grace  alone 
can  shine.  Philosophy  has  no  light  to 
penetrate  it.  The  wisdom  of  man  has 
neither  explored  that  mysterious  thing 
which  we  call  death,  nor  looked  with  any 
rational  views  upon  its  probable  issues 

21  Q 


242  UPWARD. 

beyond  our  present  sight.  To  one  who 
rejects  the  knowledge  which  God  has  im- 
parted on  the  subject,  it  always  appears 
as  it  did  to  the  unbeliever,  Hobbes,  who 
in  his  last  moments  said,  with  horror,  "I 
am  taking  a  fearful  leap  in  the  dark!" 

In  the  mind  of  Columbus  and  his  in- 
trepid fellow-mariners,  embarking  for  the 
search  of  a  western  world,  there  must  have 
been  a  solemn  excitement  in  the  thought 
that  they  were  spreading  their  sails  for 
unknown  seas,  from  whence  no  voyager 
had  returned  with  tidings.  Still,  in  their 
case,  the  excitement  of  hope  prevailed 
over  that  of  dread.  They  hoped,  at  some 
distant  day,  to  revisit  the  land  and  friends 
from  whom  they  parted,  and  to  astound 
Europe  with  tidings  from  a  hitherto  un- 
discovered realm  of  the  globe. 

But  no  gallant  ship  returns  to  the  shores 
of  Time.  Millions  have  sailed  away, 
millions  more  are  now  casting  off  from 
their  earthly  moorings ;  but  not  one  has 


THE    BORDER   LAND.  243 

returned.  No  human  gaze  follows  their 
track,  to  see  what  seas  they  ride  or  be- 
neath what  billows  they  sink — what 
worlds  they  reach  or  what  eternal  wan- 
derings they  pursue.  The  gloom  of  con- 
templating this  voyage  is  oppressive. 

The  mystery  of  death  is  itself  terrible. 
That  thing  death — what  does  it  mean? 
What  is  it  to  die  ?  What  makes  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  living  and  the  life- 
less state  ?  What  is  that  peculiar  sensa- 
tion which  men  call  the  pang  of  parting- 
life  ?  There  are  none  to  tell  us  ;  the  lips 
from  which  alone  we  could  learn  are  all 
mute. 

But  there  is  a  still  deeper  dread  of  the 
unexplored^  mysteries  beyond.  Those 
who  reject  the  lights  and  supports  of  the 
gospel  of  Christ  often  feel  their  souls 
tossed  widely  by  the  alternations  of  de- 
sire and  repulsion — a  strange  conflict  be- 
tween longing  to  know  and  shrinking  from 
learning.      In  a  quiet  country  cemetery 


244  UPWARD. 

in  one  of  ojur  old  States,  lie  the  remains 
of  two  men,  neighbors  in  life,  and  both 
of  them  professed  disbelievers  in  Divine 
revelation.  While  they  were  both  alive 
they  entered  into  the  strange  covenant 
that  the  one  who  first  left  the  world 
should,  if  he  found  any  future  state  of 
being,  return  if  possible  and  inform  the 
other  respecting  it.  One  died  and  was 
buried.  The  survivor,  as  long  as  he 
lived,  avoided  passing  that  graveyard  in 
the  dark.  To  his  dying  day  he  shrank 
affrighted  at  the  thought  of  the  bargained 
visit  from  the  world  of  spirits.  Well, 
those  men  know  it  all  now.  But  on  this 
side  of  the  boundary  all  to  human  sense 
is  as  dark  as  ever. 

While,  under  the  other  mortal  terrors, 
the  love  of  Christ  is  the  all-sufficient  sup- 
port, this  gloom  is  effectually  dispersed 
by  the  Light  of  God.  Faith  sits  down  in 
the  school  of  Divine  inspiration.  There, 
under  the  teachings  of  Heaven,  that  which 


X 

THE   BORDER   LAND.  245 

was  mystery  becomes  the  best  of  all 
knowledge — revealed  truth.  Ignorance 
of  the  nature  of  death,  or  of  the  destiny 
which  it  opens,  then  ceases  to  be  an  ele- 
ment of  the  dread  of  dying.  Faith  in- 
spires the  believer  with  such  assurance 
of  the  word  of  God  that  he  adopts  what- 
ever the  Holy  Spirit  teaches  as  known 
truth.  Enlightened  by  this  "  evidence  of 
things  not  seen,"  he  rests  from  his  dread 
of  the  unknown,  for  with  this  light  in  his 
soul  what  unknown  is  there  to  dread? 
He  asks,  What  is  it  to  die  ?  and  the  an- 
swer is  brought  by  that  "  earnest  of  the 
Spirit"  by  which  Paul  was  taught,  when 
he  described  it  as  simply  the  dissolving 
of  this  earthly  house  of  our  tabernacle. 
We  do  not  die.  That  which  has  been 
well  termed  the  mud-walled  cottage  in 
which  we  live,  goes  to  ruin  under  the  law 
of  nature  which  assigns  to  all  physical 
structures  the  periods  of  growth,  matu- 
rity and  decline.      We  are  immortal. 

21  * 


246  UPWARD. 

The  Christian  again  asks  respecting 
what  lies  beyond.  The  same  "  earnest  of 
the  Spirit"  speaks  to  him  of  the  home 
provided  for  himself  when  the  earthly 
tabernacle  is  dissolved — "We  have  a 
building  of  God,  an  house  not  made  with 
hands,  eternal  in  the  heavens."  He  is 
not  to  be  "  unclothed,  but  clothed  upon, 
that  mortality  might  be  swallowed  up  of 
life."  From  the  lips  of  Christ  a  like 
view  of  what  awaits  his  dying  friends  is 
conveyed  under  the  same  pleasant  figure 
of  a  house — an  immortal  home:  "  In  my 
Father's  house  are  many  mansions ;  if  it 
were  not  so,  I  would  have  told  vou :  I  20 
to  prepare  a  place  for  you.  And  if  I  go 
to  prepare  a  place  for  you,  I  will  come 
again  and  receive  you  unto  myself,  that 
wThere  I  am  there  ye  may  be  also." 

For  the  soul  thus  illuminated  no  pain- 
ful obscurity  clouds  the  subject  of  death. 
The  satisfied  heart  looks  across  all  the  in- 
tervening space  to  the  "  building  of  God," 


THE    BORDER   LAND.  247 

the  house  and  home  where  Christ  is  and 
we  shall  be  also ;  and  with  so  much  in 
view  that  is  clear,  it  is  willing  to  rest 
from  further  explorings  until  called  to 
pursue  them  in  worlds  of  light. 

Much  reason,  it  is  true,  remains  for  say- 
ing, "It  doth  not  yet  appear  what  we 
shall  be  ;"  still  the  departing  saint  feels  all 
his  solicitude  calmed  while  he  does  "  know 
that  when  He  shall  appear,  we  shall  be 
like  him,  for  we  shall  see  him  as  he  is."  He 
knows  enough  to  assure  him  that  he  will 
enjoy  unspeakable  gain  in  the  change  from 
the  mortal  to  the  immortal  state.  He 
knows  also  that  this  transition  is  an  object 
of  the  complacency  of  his  heavenly  Father, 
for  again  the  Spirit  says,  "  Precious  in  the 
sight  of  the  Lord  is  the  death  of  his 
saints."  Thus  fleeing  to  the  sanctuary 
of  Christian  faith,  he  finds  sweet  repose 
from  the  fearful  thought  of  launching  out 
on  unknown  seas  or  wandering  in  "  un- 
discovered bourns." 


XIX. 

THE    BORDER    LAND. 
THIRD THE   COVENANT   SLUMBER. 

fHERE  remains  for  notice  one  more 
of  the  natural  terrors  of  death — the 
j  gloom  of  the  grave. 
It  is  a  cold,  dark  abode,  where  corrup- 
tion is  our  father  and  the  worm  our 
mother  and  sister.  There  is  a  universal 
shrinking  of  human  nature  from  this 
destiny.  Here  we  rejoice  in  the  light 
and  warmth  of  heaven,  but  there  all  is  cold 
night  upon  which  our  sun  never  rises. 
We  delight  in  the  social  communings  of 
earth,  but  there  we  shall  lie  alone.  JNTo 
cheering  word  of  friendship  enters  the 
"  dull,  cold  ear  of  death."  The  most  en- 
deared earthly  friends  may  be  buried  in 

248 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  249 

the  same  coffin,  still  the  dead  are  all 
alone.  The  sepulchre  can  never  become 
social. 

"  Silence  and  solitude  and  gloom 
In  those  forgetful  realms  appear." 

Physical  systems  which  are  now  rich  in 
the  strength  and  activity  of  life  must 
there  lie  in  long  paralysis.  Forms  which 
are  now  beautiful  will  become  a  sightless 
mass  of  corruption,  which  the  grave  in 
mercy  hides  from  the  eye  of  the  living. 

Is  Christian  faith  an  overmatch  for 
the  dread  which  the  carnal  sense  feels  at 
the  approach  of  such  a  doom  ?  Yes,  and 
more :  it  brings  out  from  this  very  doom 
the  highest  personal  triumph  which  the 
cross  gives  to  the  believer.  Here,  per- 
haps more  than  anywhere  else,  religion  is 
true  to  its  own  nature — that  is,  most  avail- 
able at  the  time  of  greatest  need.  The 
gospel  writes  its  richest  words  upon  the 
walls  of  the  tomb.  Its  crowning  conquest 
is  victory  over  the  grave. 


250  UPWARD. 

The  heart  of  the  thoughtful  friend  of 
Christ  has  often  lingered  lovingly  over 
the  phrase,  sleeping  in  Jesus — "  Them 
also  which  sleep  in  Jesus  will  Grod  bring 
with  him."  In  this  figure  there  is  some- 
thing which  speaks  the  practical  sympa- 
thy of  Christ  in  the  darkest  of  our  allot- 
ments. Let  this  be  marked  well :  it  is  a 
sympathy  which  is  felt  not  alone  in  the 
cold  passage  over  the  river,  but  one  that 
still  abides  with  the  flesh  which  the  life  has 
deserted.  In  the  language  of  our  creed, 
"  He  was  crucified,  dead  and  buried."  In 
taking  his  part  in  all  our  trials,  he 

"Passed  through  the  grave,  and  blessed  the  bed." 

But  even  this  does  not  reach  the  true 
idea  of  sleeping  in  Jesus.  Nothing  short 
of  an  evangelical  view  of  the  provisions 
of  the  eternal  covenant  of  redemption  will 
disclose  the  blessedness  which  dwells  in 
those  touchingly  simple  words.  Christ 
with  his  own  blood  purchased  his  redeemed 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  251 

ones.  The  Father,  under  covenant  prom- 
ise, gave  them  to  him  as  the  reward  of  his 
expiatory  death.  Their  perfect  redemption 
from  all  the  dominion  of  sin  is  to  become 
the  highest  power  of  his  cross  and  the 
basis  of  his  greatest  mediatorial  glory, 
Nothing  of  the  redeemed  man,  nothing  of 
the  Redeemer's  purchased  possession,  must 
remain  an  eternal  monument  of  the  power 
of  sin  and  death. 

Here  the  glorious  truth  of  the  Resur- 
bectiox  bursts  upon  the  vision  of  faith. 
The  voice  of  promise  and  summons  to 
the  Church  is  heard  from  the  Lord  of 
the  purchased  bodies  and  souls  of  his 
people:  "  Thy  dead  men  shall  live;  to- 
gether with  my  dead  body  shall  they 
arise :  awake  and  sing,  ye  that  dwell  in 
dust !  for  thy  dew  is  as  the  dew  of  herbs, 
and  the  earth  shall  cast  out  the  dead." 

Here  the  Redeemer's  interest  in  the 
dying  body  is  found  to  be  the  same  as  in 
the  undying  soul.    They  are  alike  parts  of 


252  UPWARD. 

his  covenant  property.  He  received  no 
fractional  part  of  the  believer's  nature, 
but  that  believer  is  given  to  him  as  a 
whole  man,  and  in  that  whole  Jesus  is 
to  be  admired  in  the  final  triumphal  glory 
of  liis  cross.  He  has  then  the  same  cause 
for  a  jealous  care  of  the  body  as  for  the 
soul.  To  himself,  as  well  as  to  the  un- 
worthy subject  of  his  grace,  the  protec- 
tion and  final  glorifying  of  the  whole 
man  is  an  object  of  inexpressible  interest.  * 
The  same  omniscient  love  which,  during 
the  intermediate  state,  guards  the  disem- 
bodied spirit,  will  keep  its  post  of  vigil 
where  the  flesh  is  reposing  beyond  the 
reach  of  weariness  and  sin.  In  the  grave, 
or  down  in  the  coral  chambers  of  the 
ocean,  or  unburied  on  some  desert  wild, 
this  flesh  may  moulder  until  every  vestige 
of  human  form  shall  disappear :  still  it 
remains  an  essential  covenant  possession 
of  Christ,  which  he  has  perfect  power 
and  perfect  purpose  to  keep.     It  sleeps 


THE   BOEDER   LAND.  253 

in  the  covenant,  and  that  is  sleeping  in 
Jesus. 

What  mournings  the  corruption  of  the 
outward  nature  is  ever  bringing  upon  the 
children  of  God!  What  wrestlings  of 
spirit  with  these  bodies,  the  mediums 
of  depraved  inclination  and  instru- 
ments of  sin !  How  the  Christian  has 
longed  for  the  wings  of  a  dove,  that  he 
might  fly  away  and  be  at  rest !  Brought 
forth  from  the  grave,  all  this  will  be  to 
him  "  the  former  things  which  are  passed 
away."  Then  the  Redeemer  is  to  present 
his  people  unblemished — "  a  glorious 
Church,  not  having  spot  or  wrinkle,  or  any 
such  thing."  The  grave  is  to  be  made  to 
the  body  the  instrument  of  purification, 
removing  its  grossness  and  preparing  it 
for  the  reunion  with  the  spirit — a  restored 
being  with  angelic  attainments. 

Expecting  this  refining  process  through 

death  and  the  grave,  should  we  any  longer 

shrink  from  abandoning  this  flesh  to  cor- 
22 


254  UPWARD. 

ruption  ?  At  present  we  trace  many  of 
our  sins  and  sorrows  to  its  wTants  and  its 
yearnings  for  evil.  God  forbid  that  we 
should  ever  carry  such  earthly  wants  and 
corrupt  tendencies  to  heaven  !  The  grave 
will  hide  them  for  ever,  while  the 
"  Watcher  and  Holy  One"  brings  forth, 
in  his  own  time,  the  pure  form  like  his 
own  risen  body.  How  sublime  the  de- 
scription from  the  pen  of  the  writer  to 
the  Corinthians — from  corruption  to  in- 
corruption,  from  dishonor  to  glory,  from 
weakness  to  power,  from  an  animal  to  a 
spiritual  body  !  Spirit  of  God !  inspire 
us  also  with  the  assured  hope  of  such  a 
resurrection,  and  we  will  cease  to  -look 
into  the  grave  as  a  dark  dungeon  where 
the  tyrant  Sin  holds  his  sullen  ward. 
With  Paul  we  will  stand  over  the  tomb 
and  extol  the  triumph  of  grace:  "0 
Death !  where  is  thy  sting  ?  0  Grave ! 
where  is  thy  victory?" 

In  the  heart  of  one  who  has  been  the 


THE   BORDER   LAND.  255 

subject  of  an  earnest  Christian  experience 
this  hope  is  too  well  inwrought  to  be  dis- 
turbed by  the  cavils  of  human  wisdom. 
The  comforts  of  the  doctrine  of  the  res- 
urrection were  not  first  suggested  by  the 
science  of  this  world,  and  they  are  not  to 
be  darkened  by  the  philosophy  of  men. 
The  truth  belongs  entirely  to  another  de- 
partment of  knowledge — the  revealed 
wisdom  of  God.  Vain  sophists  may 
array  their  physiological  theories  against 
our  hopes  ;  they  may  talk  about  the  same 
atoms  changing  from  body  to  body ;  they 
may  palter  about  the  question  whether 
the  preservation  of  the  particles  of  mat- 
ter in  the  human  system  is  essential  to 
the  identity  of  the  body  itself;  they  may 
go  farther  and  commit  blasphemy  by 
denying  the  power  of  God  to  reproduce 
forms  after  the  utter  ruin  of  organic 
structure,  so  that  the  thing  formed  shall 
be,  not  another  being,  but  the  same  man 
who  once  before  lived  :  it  is  enough  for  us 


256  UPWARD. 

that,  as  we  first  accepted  these  hopes  from 
God,  we  rely  upon  his  truth  and  power  to 
accomplish  what  he  has  said. 

More  than  this,  we  throw  into  the  face 
of  skeptical  philosophy  its  own  voidness 
of  reason  when  it  perpetrates  the  absur- 
dity of  bringing  mere  human  science  to 
sit  in  judgment  upon  truths  which  belong 
only  to  the  Infinite  Mind.  It  is  blind  to 
one  of  the  most  obvious  distinctions  in 
sound  reasoning,  when  it  can  see  no  dif- 
ference between  contrary  to  reason  and 
above  reason,  and  so  sets  down  everything 
w7hich  is  beyond  its  own  grasp  as  un- 
philosophical. 

When  we  do  see  that  with  the  same 
ashy  dust,  acted  upon  alike  by  the  second 
causes  of  moisture,  warmth,  and  light, 
God  disposes  some  particles  into  the  form 
and  tint  of  the  rose,  others  into  the  modest 
violet  or  gorgeous  magnolia,  and  still 
others  into  the  golden  fruits  of  summer, 
giving  to  each  of  these  such  a  body  as 


THE    BORDER    LAND.  257 

pleases  himself,  we  find  no  difficulty  in 
believing  his  power  to  wTork  his  own 
pleasure  with  the  mouldered  remains  of 
the  human  form.  In  neither  case  do  we 
understand  the  process.  But  in  one 
instance  we  witness  the  result,  and 
the  result  is  all  that  concerns  us  in 
the  other.  The  truth  of  his  covenant 
is  the  point  that  is  settled  in  our  hearts, 
and  reposing  in  the  trust  that  we  shall 
awake  in  the  likeness  of  Christ,  the  grave 
is  gloomy  no  longer. 

11  On  the  cold  cheek  of  death  smiles  and  roses  are  blending, 
And  beauty  immortal  awakes  from  the  tomb." 

In  our  fiesli  we  shall  see  God.  Our  eyes, 
and  not  those  of  another  shall  behold 
him. 

These,  together  with  those  suggested  in 
preceding  articles,  are  the  supports  under 
which  the  friend  of  Christ  dies.  The 
moral  terrors  of  death  are  overcome  by 
forgiving  grace  and  justifying  faith.  Its 
natural  glooms  have  undergone  the  al- 

22  *  R 


258  UPWARD. 

chemy  of  the  cross,  transmuting  each 
thing  of  clreacl  into  an  element  of  tri- 
umph. All  is  then  clear.  The  Chris- 
tian's departure  is  not  alone  an  occasion 
for  pious  submission:  it  should  be  an 
event  of  real  joy. 

So  it  has  been  felt  by  men  of  God,  in- 
spired and  uninspired.  Look  at  Paul: 
"To  me,  to  live  is  Christ,  and  to  die  is 
gain;"  "Death  is  swallowed  up  in  vic- 
tory;" "Willing  rather  to  be  absent 
from  the  body,  and  to  be  present  with 
the  Lord."  Such  experiences  of  holy 
men  abound  on  the  records  of  the  Divine 
Word.  The  Psalmist  of  Israel  has  be- 
fore been  quoted:  "Though  I  walk 
through  the  valley  of  the  shadow  of 
death,  I  will  fear  no  evil,  for  thou  art 
with  me;  thy  rod  and  thy  staff,  they 
comfort  me."  Many  of  that  day  went 
up  in  spirit,  as  Elijah  did  visibly,  amid 
the  parting  skies,  in  a  chariot  of  fire. 
And  so  they  have  done  since,  and  will 


THE    BORDER   LAND.  259 

continue  to  do,  until  "thy  people  pass 
over,  0  Lord!  till  the  people  pass  over 
which  thou  hast  purchased." 

From  the  ranks  of  the  learned  and  the 
unlearned,  the  lowly  and  the  illustrious, 
examples  almost  without  limit  come  forth 
to  strengthen  our  trust.  Here  is  the  poor 
mutilated  English  sailor,  of  whom  Dr. 
Griffin,  of  Portsea,  wrote.  "Come  in," 
said  he,  as  his  minister  entered  the  room, 
"come  in,  thou  man  of  God!  I  have 
been  longing  to  tell  you  the  happy  state 
of  my  mind.  I  shall  soon  die,  but  death 
has  now  no  terrors.  I  am  going  to  heaven. 
Oh  what  has  Jesus  clone  for  me,  one  of 
the  vilest  of  the  human  race!  The  joy 
I  feel  from  the  sense  of  the  love  of  God 
to  sinners,  and  the  thought  of  being  with 
the  Saviour,  are  more  than  I  can  express. 
Hallelujah!  hallelujah!" 

We  go  to  the  dying  bed  of  Dr.  Finley, 
former  President  of  the  College  of  STew 
Jersey.     "I  know  not,"  said  he,  "in  what 


260  UPWARD. 

language  to  speak  of  my  own  un worthi- 
ness. I  have  been  undutiful.  ...  I  can 
truly  say  that  I  have  loved  the  service  of 
God.  I  have  honestly  endeavored  to  act 
for  God,  but  with  much  weakness  and 
corruption.  ...  Oh  that  each  of  you 
may  experience  what,  blessed  be  God,  I 
do,  when  you  come  to  die !  .  .  .  Eternal 
rest  is  at  hand;  the  Lord  hath  given  me 
victory;  I  exult!  I  triumph!" 

Most  of  the  readers  of  Christian  biog- 
raphy are  familiar  with  the  dying  ex- 
perience of  that  young  servant  of  Christ, 
James  Brainerd  Taylor.  "Heaven,"  he 
said,  "  never  appeared  more  desirable.  I 
have  longed  to  see  the  King  in  his  beauty. 
Never  did  I  gain  so  near  an  access  to 
God.  Dying  seems  like  going  to  my 
Father's  house.  ...  I  have  longed, 
longed,  to  enter  heaven.  .  .  .  My  active 
spirit,  which  now  clings  to  Jesus,  will  be 
adoring,  active,  and  wondering  among 
the  spirits  of  the  just  made  perfect.  .  .  . 


THE    BORDER   LAND.  261 

It  is  but  a  little  way  from  this  to  yonder 
mansion.^.  .  .  How  sweet  the  earnest! 
Only  a  little  while,  and  we  shall  be  there.'' 
Room  for  examples  fails.  From  such 
dying  chambers  visions  of  glory  blaze. 
As  we  gaze  on  them,  we  seem  to  go  up 
"from  the  plains  of  Moab  unto  the  moun- 
tain of  Nebo,  to  the  top  of  Pisgah,"  and 
look  out  upon  the  scene  beyond.  We 
cannot  more  appropriately  close  our  con- 
templations of  this  side  of  the  river  than 
here  in  sight  of  Canaan. 


gil 

Jp^J^ 

*2lm 

$!^r^K 

\\^y 

^=oJ^ 

^-^""^ .  „<,*&§£ 

XX. 

HEAVEN. 

FIRST — THINGS    WHICH    EYE    HATH    NOT    SEEN    NOR 
EAR   HEARD. 

fHE  astronomer,  attempting  to  explore 
remote  worlds,  is  obliged  to  take  his 
j  standpoint  of  observation  on  this 
earth.  He  cannot  carry  his  instruments 
into  the  field  of  discovery,  and  there 
measure  celestial  magnitudes  or  bring  to 
light  the  wonders  of  those  distant  crea- 
tions. What  he  observes  by  looking 
across  the  long  interval  must  suffice,  for 
he  can  learn  no  more. 

Thus,  for  a  little  while,  we  are  circum- 
scribed in  our  views  of  heaven.  It  is  a 
distant  land,  which  the  foot  of  none  liv- 

262 


HEAVEN.  263 

ing  on  earth  has  trodden.  Its  scenes  are 
without  the  range  of  sense,  and  its  glory 
surpasses  the  power  of  human  compre- 
hension. Here  we  can  neither  survey  it 
with  the  eyes  of  glorified  spirits  nor 
speak  of  it  in  the  language  of  the  skies. 
One  who  enjoyed  a  supernatural  view  of 
that  world  gave  only  this  shorn  account 
of  his  beatific  vision,  that  there  he  "heard 
unspeakable  words  which  it  is  not  lawful 
[possible]  for  a  man  to  utter."  We  are 
indebted  to  our  faith  for  so  much  account 
as  God  has  sent  across  from  thence  to  this 
dim-sighted  world,  for  all  our  heavenly 
discoveries  this  side  of  death. 

And  these  discoveries  are  sufficient 
now.  Even  through  this  dark  glass  men 
have  seen  what  has  filled  them  with  as 
much  rapture  as  a  mortal  man  knows 
how  to  bear.  The  last  words  of  John 
Welch,  one  of  the  champions  of  Scotch 
Protestantism,  uttered  under  overpower- 
ing manifestations  of  the  Divine  glory, 


264  UPWARD. 

were,- "It  is  enough,  0  Lord — it  is  now 
enough!  Hold  thy  hand!  Thy  servant 
is  a  clay  vessel,  and  can  hold  no  more." 
As  much  of  peace  and  joy  as  our  present 
natures  can  receive  from  the  contempla- 
tion of  that  world  is  now  within  our 
reach.  Like  the  group  sketched  by  the 
sanctified  fancy  of  Bunyan,  we  may  now 
stand  on  the  Delectable  Mountains,  and 
through  the  glass  of  faith  look  over  to  the 
Celestial  City  for  which  we  are  girded 
pilgrims,  and  where  our  pilgrimage  will 
soon  end.  It  does  not  impair  the  bliss 
of  our  anticipations  to  reflect  that  "it 
doth  not  yet  appear  what  we  shall  be," 
for  we  shall  know  all  when  our  souls  are 
great  enough  to  enjoy  all. 

In  what  lovely  imagery  the  Divine 
revelation  has  clothed  heavenly  realities, 
so  as  to  bring  them  as  near  as  possible  to 
our  weak  senses  !  The  things  which  God 
hath  prepared  for  them  that  love  him, 
have  never  found  a  human  language  in 


HEAVEN.  265 

which  their  living  majesty  can  be  written. 
This  may  be  the  reason  why  the  Holy 
Spirit,  in  describing  them,  has  so  often 
used  those  pictured  terms  which,  through 
our  quick  sense  of  external  beauties,  find 
their  way  to  our  hearts. 

Thus  the  holy  city,  the  New  Jerusalem, 
is  represented  "  coming  down  from  God 
out  of  heaven,  prepared  as  a  bride 
adorned  for  her  husband."  The  original 
paradise  of  our  first  parents  fills  all  our 
ideas  of  outward  pleasantness  and  ex- 
quisite natural  enjoyments.  The  Spirit 
seizes  upon  this  glowing  ideal  when  it 
represents  .heaven  as  the  "  Paradise  of 
God."  It  is  also  the  " Tabernacle  of  God 
with  men."  There  is  "the  Fountain  of 
the  Water  of  Life,"  and  the  feast  which 
is  there  spread  is  "the  Marriage  Supper 
of  the  Lamb."  In  those  regions  there 
are  no  alternations  of  day  and  night,  no 
rising  and  setting  sun  or  feebler  lights 
of    evening.     "The    glory   of    God    did 

23 


266  UPWARD. 

lighten  it,  and  the  Lamb  is  the  light 
thereof."  Exhibited  under  the  figure  of 
a  city  walled  with  jasper,  built  sof  pure 
gold  like  unto  glass,  its  foundations  gar- 
nished with  all  manner  of  precious  stones, 
the  view  of  heaven  fills  all  our  concep- 
tions of  gorgeousness  and  outward  loveli- 
ness. It  seems  as  though  the  Spirit  of 
inspiration  had  exhausted  the  splendors 
of  the  natural  world  in  searching  out 
emblems  of  the  glory  of  the  "city  which 
hath  foundations,  whose  Builder  and 
Maker  is  God." 

But  the  Holy  Scriptures  have  plain 
writings,  as  well  as  charming  pictures, 
of  the  scenes  of  everlasting  rest.  The 
Divine  word  affords  many  more  descrip- 
tions of  the  glory  to  be  revealed,  and  we 
repose  upon  promises  which  we  believe 
will  have  a  literal  fulfillment.  If  we 
dwell  in  the  golden  city  or  walk  the  bank 
of  the  crystal  river  only  in  a  figure,  we  shall 
literally  be  with  Christ  where  he  is.     If 


HEAVEN.  267 

we  are  not  strictly  arrayed  in  white  robes, 
we  shall  truly  possess  the  purity  of  which 
they  are  the  emblems.  Shining  figures 
of  speech  can  here  promote  no  extrav- 
agant views.  There  is  enough  literal  de- 
scription to  show  that  they  are  as  far 
short  of  the  reality  as  terrestrial  things 
are  beneath  the  celestial. 

To  the  believer  every  thought  of  the 
world  of  bliss  is  delightful.  In  every 
condition  this  side  of  heaven  the  comforts 
of  religion  seem  to  fight  their  way  to 
our  souls  against  counteracting  glooms. 
Earthly  dispensations  all  have  a  dark  as 
well  as  bright  side,  and  the  reflections 
which  support  our  courage  and  console 
our  hearts  reach  us  only  as,  in  the  mili- 
tary sense  of  the  word,  they  overcome  the 
gloomy  views  which  our  condition  sug- 
gests. But  looking  beyond  the  sins,  toils 
and  sorrows  of  life,  we  are  out  of  the 
reach  of  all  dark  thoughts.  We  can 
never  indulge  one   unpleasant  view  of 


268  UPWARD. 

heaven,  or  feel  one  shrinking  revolt  from 
the  approach  of  its  bliss.  Every  condition 
of  life  from  which  suffering  is  expected 
is  left  behind  when  Ave  step  within  the 
veil.  All  that  can  inspire  gloomy  for- 
bodings  belongs  to  the  former  things 
which  are  passed  away.  Distant  as  our 
present  point  of  observation  is,  we  can 
nevertheless  see  that  no  clouds  float  in 
those  skies  and  the  sun  of  that  everlast- 
ing day  is  never  obscured. 

God  has*  not  only  prepared  these  things 
for  those  that  love  him,  but  he  has  also 
prepared  them  for  this  bliss.  When  we 
find  ourselves  capable  of  deriving  happi- 
ness from  such  prospects,  we  recognize 
the  forming  work  of  the  Divine  Spirit  on 
our  hearts,  and  we  know  that  God  has 
wrought  us  for  this  selfsame  thing. 
Throughout  the  whole  range  of  heavenly 
enjoyments  there  is  nothing  to  excite  one 
yearning  of  the  carnal  mind.  In  the 
possessor  of  such  a  mind  the   wish  to 


HEAVEN.  269 

ascend  to  heaven  when  he  dies  is 
prompted  only  by  the  unwelcome  cer- 
tainty that  he  must  leave  this  world,  and 
his  dread  of  a  worse  doom,  beyond  the 
grave.  Earth  would  be  his  supreme 
good  if  he  might  retain  it.  He  has  no 
heart  for  the  songs  of  angels,  the  commu- 
nion of  the  redeemed  and  the  smile  of 
God.  Compared  with  present  delights, 
the  themes  of  that  world  are  insipid,  its 
associations  dull  and  its  employments 
irksome.  This  shows  how  much  is  im- 
plied when  we  speak  of  want  of  prepara- 
tion for  heaven. 

But  the  believer's  earnest  delight  in  the 
prospect  of  the  heaven  which  God  de- 
scribes, magnifies  the  inworking  power 
of  Divine  grace.  God  has  taken  in  hand 
the  work  of  revolutionizing  his  heart,  im- 
parting to  him  such  susceptibilities  and 
aspirations  as  fit  him  not  merely  to  reach 
that  world,  but  to  enjoy  it.  Turning 
wearily  from  a  world  of  sin,  he  can  sym- 

.  23  * 


270  UPWARD. 

pathize  in  the  sentiment  which  forms  the 
last  record  in  the  diary  of  Henry  Martyn 
— "  Oh  when  shall  time  give  place  to  eter- 
nity? When  shall  appear  that  new 
heaven  and  new  earth  wherein  dwelleth 
righteousness  ?  There,  there  shall  in  no 
wise  enter  in  anything  that  defileth.  None 
of  that  wickedness  which  has  made  men 
worse  than  wild  beasts,  none  of  those 
corruptions  which  add  still  more  to  the 
miseries  of  mortality,  shall  be  seen  or 
heard  of  any  more."  Before  the  soul  in 
which  the  Holy  Spirit  has  wrought  such 
views  of  what  is  wearisome  on  the  one 
hand  or  refreshing  on  the  other,  heaven 
glows  as  the  object  of  sweet  thoughts  and 
burning  hopes.  Weary  and  heavy  laden, 
it  approaches  that  world  for  rest. 

Yes,  for  rest.  "  There  remaineth  there- 
fore a  rest  to  the  people  of  God."  The 
calamities  of  life  are  past.  Not  only  is  "a 
world  of  joy  reached,  but  a  world  of  sor- 
row is  forsaken.     For  that  region  of  end- 


HEAVEN.  271 

less  life  the  pilgrim  has  exchanged  a 
realm  of  death.  Here  we  ride  an  ocean, 
always  stormy  and  often  lashed  by  the 
tempest  into  fury :  there,  we  are  told, 
there  is  no  more  sea.  Here,  we  struggle 
with  poverty,  waste  under  diseases  and 
"  mourn  departed  friends."  Common 
consent  has  named  our  present  abode  a 
vale  of  tears.  The  weak  are  oppressed, 
the  unfortunate  are  forsaken,  the  ambit- 
ious are  disappointed,  and  "  the  whole 
creation  groaneth  and  travaileth  in  pain 
together  until  now."  There,  "they  shall 
hunger  no  more,  neither  thirst  any  more, 
neither  shall  the  sun  light  on  them,  nor 
any  heat.  For  the  Lamb  which  is  in  the 
midst  of  the  throne  shall  feed  them,  and 
shall  lead  them  unto  the  living  fountains 
of  waters,  and  God  shall  wipe  away  all 
tears  from  their  eyes."  Sorrow,  crying, 
pain  and  death  are  among  "  the  former 
things  which  are  passed  away."  None 
of   their  inhabitants  sav,   "lam  sick;" 


272  UPWAED. 

no  gloomy  funeral  processions  pass  along 
the  streets,  for  the  days  of  their  mourn- 
ing are  ended.  "Neither  can  they  die 
any  more,  for  they  are  equal  unto  the 
angels,  and  are  the  children  of  God, 
being  the  children  of  the  resurrection." 

But  these  are  only  exemptions  from 
natural  evils.  There  is  a  better  repose 
than  even  this  for  the  weary  wrestler 
with  depravity.  A  world  of  sin  is  ex- 
changed for  a  world  of  holiness.  Here 
there  is  strife  against  inbred  corruption 
and  against  wickedness  all  around.  We 
are  weary  with  the  sight  of  human  vile- 
ness  on  every  hand,  and  we  long  also  to 
possess  for  ourselves  the  perfect  holiness 
of  heaven.  What  a  new  world  of  enjoy- 
ment will  be  opened  when  we  cease  to 
witness  the  rage  of  human  passions,  to 
look  on  the  oppressor  trampling  the  poor 
in  the  dust,  to  hear  the  language  of  pro- 
fanity, to  see  the  ordinances  of  Grod 
treated  with  derision,  and  to  behold  men 


HEAVEN.  273 

proud  of  their  impiousness,  glorying  in 
their  shame!  What  a  new  life  when  our 
own  hearts  are  exalted  above  every  selfish 
emotion,  cleansed  from  all  impure  affec- 
tions, and  secured  in  the  undisturbed  pos- 
session of  the  love  of  God! 

Heaven  without  trouble,  sickness  and 
death,  would  be  a  spiritual  emptiness, 
were  it  not  heaven  without  sin.  It  will 
be  a  thousand-fold  reward  for  all  the 
pains  of  death,  if  we  may  escape  the 
presence  of  that  which  fills  the  world 
with  dying  groans.  This  terrible  foe 
never  invades  the  heavenly  rest.  "  There 
shall  in  no  wise  enter  into  it  anything 
that  defileth,  neither  whatsoever  worketh 
abomination  or  maketh  a  lie."  "When 
He  shall  appear,  wre  shall  be  like  him, 
for  we  shall  see  him  as  he  is."  The 
moral  character  of  every  one  around  us 
will  be  conformed  to  the  holiness  of  God. 
We  shall  be  like  them,  and,  with  them, 
like   Jesus,    and   pure   as   God   is   pure. 


274  UPWARD. 

The  thought  is  at  once  triumphant  and 
humbling.  Who  are  we,  and  what  is 
our'  race,  that  such  victory  and  award 
should  await  us?  What  an  example  of 
grace  abounding  over  the  deserts  of  sin! 
From  the  dust  we  raise  our  eyes  to  that 
glory.  We  feel  that  our  nothingness  is 
deep,  according  to  the  loftiness  of  our 
hope. 

But  let  no  carnal  notions  of  rest  gather 
around  the  truth  of  the  everlasting  sab- 
batism  that  remains  to  the  people  of  God. 
We  connect  with  it  no  thought  of  cessa- 
tion of  holv  activities.  We  look  also  for 
such  earnest  and  delightful  mental  em- 
ployments as  give  to  the  soul  loftier  con- 
ceptions of  the  great  glory  of  God.  We 
know  not  the  range  of  subjects  of  inquiry, 
but  we  expect  no  deadening  of  the  ambi- 
tion for  knowledge  and  no  slackening  of 
the  race  of  science. 

In  the  present  world  every  new  intel- 
lectual attainment  imparts  pleasure.    Our 


HEAVEN.  275 

minds  are  formed  for  investigation.  It 
lies  in  their  nature  to  derive  satisfaction 
from  the  discovery  of  truth  in  an  endless 
variety  of  subjects.  We  wish  to  lay  the 
universe  under  contribution  to  this  pro- 
pensity, and  are  impatient  under  any  re- 
striction of  the  field  of  inquiry.  We 
wish  to  learn  from  the  earth,  the  sea,  the 
stars,  the  records  of  history,  the  labyrinths 
of  lines  and  numbers,  the  wilds  of  meta- 
physics, the  laws  of  moral  government,  and 
the  principles  of  the  throne  of  heaven.  In 
short,  wherever  truth  may  be  traced,  we 
delight  to  search  her  footsteps  and  we 
triumph  in  every  new  discovery. 

This  thirst  for  knowledge  is  not  a  car- 
nal propensity  belonging  to  the  earthly 
nature,  and  along  with  that  nature  to  be 
shaken  off  in  death.  It  is  one  of  the 
signatures  of  the  immortal  nature — a 
divine  instinct,  imperishable  as  the 
soul's  existence.  Then  who  can  doubt 
but  these  aspirations  will  be  intensified 


276  UPWABD. 

when  our  sensual  thraldom  is  all  shaken 
off,  and  we  are  brought  under  circum- 
stances which  at  once  incite  and  reward 
the  search  for  truth?  Wo  expectation  is 
more  rational  than  that  this  will  be  our 
condition  in  heaven.  The  wonders  of 
boundless  worlds  will  probably  be  open 
to  our  view.  And  who  can  tell  but 
sciences  so  exalted  that  their  faintest 
light  never  dawned  upon  earth  may 
then  spread  themselves  before  the  mind 
that  is  enlarged  to  know  infinite  things? 
And  what  will  become  of  our  present  dis- 
tinction of  the  mental  from  the  moral 
when  there  is  no  philosophy  of  which 
God  is  not  the  heart — when  he  is  felt  in 
all  and  filling  all?  And  will  there  be 
any  partial  application  of  the  term  "  exact 
sciences"  when  all  becomes  more  than 
mathematical  certainty,  every  discovery' 
clear  and  every  demonstration  infallible? 
Under  this  flood  of  illumination  the 
government   of  God  will    be   vindicated 


HEAVEN.  277 

from  the  charge  of  disorder.  Reasons 
will  be  apparent  why  everything  should 
exist  as  it  does;  why  the  sparrow  should 
fall  or  kingdoms  hasten  to  their  dissolu- 
tion; why  the  world  should  be  cursed 
with  sin  or  the  Redeemer  die  to  restore 
it  from  its  revolt  from  God ;  why  Chris- 
tian lands  should  be  enlightened,  and  the 
heathen  left  in  darkness;  why  the  re- 
deemed should  be  glorified  and  the  re- 
probate left  in  eternal  woe.  Every  event 
will  be  seen  to  have  its  exact  place  in  a 
perfect  system.  We  shall  rest  from  the 
weariness  of  human  disputes,  the  impa- 
tience of  pursuing  truth  under  so  many 
disadvantages,  and  the  trial  of  under- 
standing so  little  of  the  ways  of  God. 
That  "  Hereafter,"  when  we  are  to  know 
what  Christ  does,  though  we  know  not 
now,  is  then  come.  We  look  no  more 
through  the  dark  glass:  we  see  face  to 
face.  We  are  done  with  this  knowing  in 
part:  we  know  even  as  we  are  known. 

24 


XXI. 

H  EA VEN. 
SECOND — THE   EVERLASTING  SABBATH. 

fE  have  ruled  out  from  the  Sabbath 
rest  of  heaven  the  sensual  idea 
of  inactivity.  Whatever  secures 
against  weariness  fulfills  the  import  of 
the  term.  Gracious  exercises  are  doubt- 
less one  in  substance  on  earth  and  in 
heaven.  Here  they  find  their  healthiness 
and  their  joy  in  living  and  doing  fpr  Christ. 
How  can  we  but  suppose  that  a  mere  pas- 
sive reception  of  Divine  comforts  would 
be  more  felt  as  unnatural  to  the  heavenly 
life  in  proportion  as  the  soul's  absorption 
in  Grod  is  there  more  perfect? 

Every  description  which  we  have  of 

278 


HEAVEN.  279 

the  condition  of  the  celestial  company 
involves  the  idea  of  activity.  And  there 
is  no  reason  to  suppose  this  activity  is 
restricted  to  a  few  forms  of  exercise.  The 
glass  through  which  we  now  look  into 
that  world  is  too  dark  to  enable  us  to  de- 
scribe the  routine  of  duty  through  which 
we  are  to  pass,  but  such  leading  views  of 
the  subject  as  we  are  able  to  take  indicate 
the  opening  of  a  vast  and  varied  field  of 
holy  effort.  God  has  around  him  there  a 
countless  throng  of  agents  to  do  his  will. 
The  number  of  them  is  "ten  thousand 
times  ten  thousand,  and  thousands  of 
thousands."  The  use  of  the  instrumen- 
tality of  created  agents  is,  so  far  as  wTe 
know,  his  chosen  method  of  prosecuting 
his  designs.  His  field  of  operation  is  a 
universe  without  limit.  Over  the  whole 
of  this  field  events  in  endless  variety  are 
to  be  carried  forward  through  eternal 
duration.  With  these  facts  before  us,  we 
naturally  expect  to  see  him  assigning  to 


280  UPWARD. 

his  servants  a  vast  extent  of  duties,  vari- 
ous in  kind  and  noble  in  character.  In 
this  boundless  field  for  the  improvement 
of  every  talent  and  the  employment  of 
every  power,  we  look  for  opportunity  for 
the  exercise  of  the  energies  of  all.  The 
subject  is  captivating,  but  it  approaches 
too  near  the  unsafe  ground  of  human 
speculation  to  render  it  proper  to  theo- 
rize minutely.  We  may,  however,  rely 
upon  one  conclusion :  if  we  are  Christ's, 
we  shall  soon  enter  upon  angelic  employ- 
ments, and  derive  from  our  duties  such 
joy  as  fills  the  heart  of  a  seraph. 

Only  a  faint  uncertainty  clouds  the  idea 
that  the  glorified  spirits  of  the  departed 
are  now  ministering  to  the  friends  of 
Christ  on  earth.  This  delightful  work  is 
unquestionably  performed  by  messengers 
sent  from  the  realms  of  bliss.  God  has 
explicitly  promised  that  his  angels  shall 
have  charge  over  those  who  make  him 
their  refuge,  to  keep  them   in  all   their 


HEAVEN.  281 

ways.  It  was  an  angel  that  shut  the 
mouths  of  the  lions  among  whom  his  ser- 
vant Daniel  was  thrown.  Angels  carried 
Lazarus  to  the  bosom  of  Abraham ;  and 
the  "  little  ones,"  whom  we  are  warned 
not  to  despise,  have  angels  who  always 
-behold  the  face  of  God  in  heaven.  In 
short,  they  are  "  all  ministering  spirits, 
sent  forth  to  minister  to  them  who  shall 
be  heirs  of  salvation." 

It  is  also  beyond  the  reach  of  doubt 
that  glorified  spirits  from  this  earth  pos- 
sess angelic  properties.  Some  of  those 
who  have  departed  have  certainly  re- 
visited the  world,  as  angels  are  said  to 
hold  intercourse  with  earth.*  Still,  we 
have  not  sufficient  light  respecting  the 
intermediate  state  between  death  and  the 
resurrection  to  justify  many  positive  con- 
clusions respecting  the  present  employ- 
ment of  the  departed  saints.  The  best  of 
our  knowledge  concerning  them,  previous 

*  See  among  the  other  examples,  Matt.  xvii.  3. 

24* 


282  upward. 

to  the  restoration  of  their  bodies,  is  that 
they  are  present  with  the  Lord,  and  in 
that  presence  there  is  fullness  of  joy. 

But  their  final  employment  in  minis- 
tering to  the  glory  of  Grod  is  a  point  on 
which  the  Divine  testimony  is  explicit. 
Whatever  stations  they  may  hold  under 
the  government  of  heaven,  upon  what- 
ever embassies  they  may  be  sent,  or  what- 
ever mutual  offices  of  love  may  pass  be- 
tween them,  it  is  certain  they  will  always 
have  something  to  do  which  will  give 
them  the  happy  assurance  that  they  are 
glorifying  their  Lord  and  Redeemer. 
They  will  for  ever  rejoice  in  the  conscious- 
ness that  they  are  making  practical  re- 
turns of  gratitude  for  the  mercy  which 
they  have  received.  Their  voices  are 
among  those  of  many  angels  round  about 
the  throne,  and  the  living  ones,  and  the 
elders,  whose  number  was  ten  thousand 
times  ten  thousand  and  thousands  of 
thousands,  and  wrhose  song  heard  in  the 


HEAVEN.  283 

apocalyptic  vision  was,  "  Worthy  is  the 
Lamb  that  was  slain  to  receive  power 
and  riches  and  wisdom  and  strength  and 
honor  and  glory  and  blessing!"  Their 
public  presence  in  the  final  judgment  will 
yield  its  revenue  of  honor  to  Christ,  for 
he  is  then  to  be  admired  in  all  them  that 
believe;  and  they  will  be  for  ever  "a 
crown  of  glory  in  the  hand  of  the  Lord, 
and  a  royal  diadem  in  the  hand  of  God." 
Even  in  this  world,  life  without  some 
great  worthy  end  is  a  scene  of  discontent, 
a  bubble,  a  farce.  Existence  which  is 
not  expended  on  some  sufficient  object 
drags  wearily  along.  So  it  would  doubt- 
less be  in  heaven,  and  as  much  more  so 
as  the  powers  of  activity  are  more  quick- 
ened in  the  atmosphere  of  the  world  of 
life.  Living  and  doing  for  God  here  en- 
nobles and  intensifies  life.  Then  how  it 
exalts  our  anticipations  of  that  world, 
which  is  all  life,  to  think  of  it  as  still 
living  and  doing  for  God! 


284  UPWARD. 

Lifting  our  thoughts  to  another  reach 
of  celestial  meditations,  we  find  ourselves 
amid  the  associations  of  heaven.  It  is 
the  everlasting  Sabbath:  let  us  look  in 
upon  the  assembly  to  which  we  expect  to 
join  ourselves  in  the  sanctuary  of  the 
Church  universal. 

There  Ave  are  communicants  with  all 
who,  like  ourselves,  have  been  redeemed 
from  the  earth.  While  we  loved  Grod 
whom  we  had  not  seen  we  learned  to 
love  our  brethren  whom  we  had  seen. 
The  holy  intimacies  of  life  will  there  be 
renewed.  Hearts  which  burned  while 
fellow-believers  talked  along  the  way  of 
their  crucified  Saviour,  will  experience 
rekindled  ardor  in  together  looking  upon 
his  exalted  state.  JNTo  distrust  will  there 
enter  to  cool  the  affection  of  the  brother- 
hood. No  suspicions  of  doctrinal  un- 
soundness and  no  carnal  ambitions  will 
divide  the  general  assembly  of  the  tri- 
umphant    Church    into    rival    sections. 


HEAVEN.  285 

There  will  be  no  separate  communions, 
and  no  contention  for  forms  and  modes. 
The  partition- walls  will  be  broken  down, 
and  hearts  will  blend  in  the  burning  of 
such  love  as  angels  feel. 

The  cord  of  caste  will  be  broken,  and 
national  antipathies  will  be  forgotten. 
The  Barbarian  and  Scythian,  the  bond 
and  free,  the  Hottentot  and  the  child  of 
civilization  will  together  adore  the  won- 
ders of  the  mercy  which  raised  them 
from  the  spiritual  degradation  where  they 
alike  lay,  and  will  mingle  their  voices  in 
one  choral  exaltation  of  Him  who  is, 
without  respect  of  persons,  the  Father 
and  Redeemer  of  them  all.  The  watch- 
men will  lift  up  the  voice  together,  and 
the  intercession  of  Christ  that  we  may  be 
one,  as  he  and  the  Father  are  one,  will  re- 
ceive its  fruition.  The  great  and  good 
of  past  ages,  whose  memory  in  the 
Church  is  like  ointment  poured  forth,  are 
all  there.     We  shall  sit  down  with  Abra- 


286  UPWARD. 

ham,  Isaac  and  Jacob,  and  the  elders  who 
obtained  a  good  report — with  saints  of  the 
New  Testament,  and  glorious  martyrs 
who  have  gone  up  in  chariots  of  fire.  All 
the  Church,  gone,  living,  and  yet  to  live, 
will  gather  as  one  flock  around  the  one 
Shepherd  and  Bishop  of  souls. 

Angels  will  also  be  our  associates  there. 
The  lowliest  Christian  will  be  the  com- 
panion of  those  sons  of  God  whose  joyous 
shouts  heralded  the  morning  hour  of 
earth.  Those  who  have  ascended  from 
the  unnoticed  corners  of  the  world,  ne- 
glected and  scorned  by  men,  will  stand 
by  the  side  of  Gabriel  in  the  palace  of  the 
Great  King.  What  a  scene  for  Christian 
anticipation — to  unite  in  angelic  worship 
— to  come  into  eternal  intimacy  with  the 
noblest  and  holiest  beings  below  God! 

With  the  noblest  and  holiest  beings 
below  God — is  that  all?  Nay,  wondrous, 
wondrous  grace!  hope  is  taught  to  vault 
up  to  an  infinity  beyond  this.     We  ex- 


HEAVEN.  287 

pect  an  eternal  intimacy  with  the  noblest 
and  holiest  of  all — the  Triune  Father, 
Son  and  Holy  Ghost.  We  shall  sit  down 
with  Christ  in  his  throne,  and  we  shall  be 
ever  with  the  Lord.  "They  are  before 
the  throne  of  God,  and  serve  him  day 
and  night  in  his  temple,  and  he  that 
sitteth  on  the  throne  shall  dwell  among 
them;"  "The  tabernacle  of  God  is  with 
men,  and  he  will  dwell  with  them,  and 
they  shall  be  his  people,  and  God  him- 
self shall  be  with  them,  and  be  their 
God." 

It  seems  too  much,  but  the  intercession 
of  our  Advocate  makes  it  sure:  "Father, 
/  will  that  they  also  whom  thou  hast 
given  me  be  with  me  where  I  am,  that 
they  may  behold  my  glory  which  thou 
hast  given  me."  In  this  world  our  richest 
foretastes  of  heaven  are  the  approaches, 
distant  though  they  be,  which  we  make 
toward  God.  This  is  the  comfort  of 
warm-hearted  prayer — the  drawing  near 


288  UPWARD. 

to  him  in  whose  presence  there  is  fullness 
of  joy.  Whatever  brings  the  soul  near 
to  God  purifies  its  character  and  exalts 
its  happiness.  What  will  it  then  be  to 
stand  before  his  throne  or  to  sit  down 
with  Christ,  no  more  a  stranger,  but  in 
the  household  home  of  his  family? 

"  Think  then,"  says  Mr.  Baxter,  in  his 
Dying  Thoughts — "  think,  0  my  soul,  what 
life  thou  shalt  live  for  ever,  in  the  pres- 
ence and  bosom  of  infinite  and  eternal 
Love !  He  now  shineth  on  me  by  the  sun, 
and  on  my  soul  by  the  Sun  of  Righteous- 
ness, but  it  is  as  through  the  crevices  of 
my  darksome  habitation ;  but  then  he 
will  shine  on  me  and  in  me  openly,  and 
with  the  fullest  streams  and  beams  of 
love.  Study  this  heavenly  work  of  love, 
0  my  soul !  It  is  only  love  that  can  un- 
derstand it.  Here  the  will  has  its  taste. 
What  can  poor  carnal  worldlings  know 
of  glorious  love  who  studv  it  without 
love?" 


HEAVEN.  289 

These  are  the  gatherings  of  heaven; 
this  is  the  general  assembly  in  the  pres- 
ence of  its  Head.  Forgiven  sinners  are 
brought  with  songs  to  Zion,  and  there 
they  worship  with  the  innumerable  com- 
pany of  angels.  Jehovah  is  there,  and 
there  his  glory  is  seen  and  felt  as  it  shines 
in  the  face  of  Jesus.  The  joy  of  God  is 
the  joy  of  all,  and  the  love  which  God  is 
glows  in  every  breast  around.  We  have 
no  human  language  for  speaking  of  such 
fellowship,  and  no  earthly  things  by 
which  to  illustrate  it.  This  world  is  too 
poor  to  produce  them.  If  the  writer  and 
reader  may  hereafter  stand  on  the  moun- 
tain of  Zion,  and  together 

"  Kange  the  sweet  plains  on  the  banks  of  the  river, 
And  sing  of  salvation  for  ever  and  ever," 

we  shall  discourse  of  our  celestial  associa- 
tions in  terms  befitting  the  theme. 

Finally — heaven  is  eternal.  What 
Christian,  in  his  transient  and  uncertain 

26  T 


290  UPWARD. 

hours  of  devotion,  has  not  clung  fondly 
to  the  thought  that 

"  There  the  assembly  ne'er  breaks  up, 
The  Sabbath  ne'er  shall  end?" 

Our  Sabbaths  on  earth  come  and  depart. 
Their  holy  quiet  is  followed  by  a  week  of 
worldly  turmoil.  We  would  fain  be  still 
with  God,  but  the  demands  of  the  world 
upon  our  care  are  imperative.  From  the 
solemn  sanctuary  we  must  pass  to  the 
noisy  street;  from  our  altars  of  heavenly 
communion  we  must  turn  to  intercourse 
with  the  vain  world ;  from  the  mount  of 
privilege  we  must  descend  to  the  cheerless 
deserts  where  few  of  the  healing  waters 
flow.  We  love  the  hours  when  we  are 
allowed  to  put  the  world  aside  and  dwell 
in  undisturbed  nearness  to  God,  and  we 
would  gladly  lay  hold  of  the  wheels  of 
time  and  check  the  speed  with  wrhich 
they  are  borne  away ;  but  they  will  go. 

To  the  soul,  feeling  that  a  day  with 
God  is  better  than  a  thousand  with  the 


HEAVEN.  291 

world,  what  bliss  attends  the  reflection 
that  the  worship  of  the  upper  sanctuary 
is  everlasting !  Rob  the  saints  in  glory 
of  that  prospect,  and  every  song  of  heaven 
would  be  changed  into  a  wail  of  anguish. 
Give  them  to  understand  that  at  some 
period — no  matter  though  it  be  millions 
of  years  remote — their  bliss  will  ter- 
minate and  their  existence  end,  and  every 
mansion  and  bower  of  paradise  would  be 
hung  with  funeral  drapery.  But  no  such 
fear  will  ever  disturb  a  heart  there. 
Everything  in  heaven  is  immortal.  Its 
exemptions,  its  employments,  its  society, 
its  Redeemer  and  King  are  all  eternal. 
Our  inheritance  is  incorruptible,  and 
never  fades  away :  "  They  shall  reign  for 
ever  and  ever." 

What  thoughts  cluster  around  the 
word  Eternity !  Under  the  present  dark- 
ness of  our  minds  the  conception  is  almost 
oppressive.  We  measure  duration  by 
days  and  years,  and  even  in  imagination 


292  UPWARD. 

we  can  follow  it  no  farther  than  our  arith- 
metic will  number  its  periods.  Still  away 
onward,  far  beyond  the  stretch  of  our  com- 
putation or  thought,  eternity  rolls  on. 
Worlds  faint  in  the  race  and  expire. 
Planetary  systems  are  worn  out  by  the 
friction  of  ages  of  revolving,  and  are  lost  in 
the  regions  of  space.  Still  away  onward, 
Time,  fresh  as  in  the  morning  of  creation, 
is  girding  himself  for  a  race  without  a 
goal. 

Under  such  conceptions  who  can  speak 
to  creatures  like  ourselves,  yet  on  earth, 
of  eternal  love,  eternal  holiness,  eternal 
heaven  ?  When  we  reflect  that  so  much 
peace,  joy  and  glory  is  to  become  an 
eternal  reward,  it  seems  like  pouring  into 
a  cup  which  is  already  running  over. 
Description  is  soon  exhausted,  but  our 
musings  linger  on  the  thought  that  we 
shall  be  ever  with  the  Lord.  Ever,  ever 
with  the  Lord ! 

Child  of  the  skies !  let  thy  spirit  hasten 


HEAVEN.  293 

homeward.  Tempests  are  gathering,  and 
the  nights  of  earth  are  dark  and  fearful. 
There  "  thy  sun  shall  no  more  go  down, 
neither  shall  thy  moon  withdraw  itself; 
for  the  Lord  shall  be  thine  everlasting 
light,  and  the  days  of  thy  mourning  sh^all 
be  ended." 

25* 


np. 


I 


■ 


■ 


■ 


Deacidified  using  the  Bookkeeper  process. 
Neutralizing  agent:  Magnesium  Oxide 
Treatment  Date:  Nov.  2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A  WORLD  LEADER  IN  PAPER  PRESERVATION 

1 1 1  Thomson  Park  Drive 
Cranberry  Township,  PA  16066 
(724)779-2111 


■ 


■ 


■ 


m 


i 


teft 


H 


I   r 


^fi»     '4  . :!  *% 


% 


a.' J  ^c 

J.*,.  V' 


.  ♦.  -.   I    IS      I     ...  M  . 


?      I  I